{"title":"Speaker Isolation Feet","description":null,"products":[{"product_id":"isoacoustics-gaia-iii-neo-speaker-isolators-weight-cap-70-lbs-set-of-4-black","title":"IsoAcoustics GAIA III Neo Speaker Isolators - Weight cap. 70 lbs - Set of 4 - Black","description":"\u003cdiv style=\"max-width:720px;margin:0 auto;padding:32px 24px 48px 24px;background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:0 0 0.35em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eThe Compact GAIA Neo for Slim Towers up to 70 Pounds\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eThe IsoAcoustics GAIA III Neo is sold as a set of four, in black or dark chrome, and every speaker takes one set. It carries a floorstanding speaker or subwoofer of up to 70 pounds. The feet screw into the inserts the factory spikes came out of, and the height adjusts once the speaker is in place.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eA floorstander pushes its own energy into the floor, and the floor pushes it back into the cabinet. IsoAcoustics designs the GAIA Neo to manage that energy inside the foot. The housing is fixed to the speaker, and only the lower isolator touches the floor.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eThe Second-Generation GAIA, Sized for Slim Towers\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size:1.05em;margin:0.9em 0 0.25em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eFit, Load and Materials\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eA set of four GAIA III Neo carries 70 pounds, so each foot handles 17.5. No minimum is published. A foot carrying far less than its rating never reaches its working range. It is the lightest Neo rung; a heavier cabinet steps up to the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.audioadvisor.com\/products\/isoacoustics-gaia-ii-neo-speaker-isolators-weight-cap-120-lbs-set-of-4\" style=\"color:#8a5a2b;\"\u003eGAIA II Neo\u003c\/a\u003e. The \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/calculator.isoacoustics.com\/\" style=\"color:#8a5a2b;\"\u003eIsoAcoustics online weight selector\u003c\/a\u003e sorts this by weight.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eEach foot is 2.2 inches across and 1.8 inches tall, in a metal housing finished in black or dark chrome. Turning the lower ring moves it up to 0.34 inches, so you level the speaker once it is standing. Three thread adaptors are included: M8-1.25, M6-1.0 and 1\/4 inch-20. Other sizes: see the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/isoacoustics.com\/home-audio-isolation-products\/gaia-series\/gaia-thread-sizes\/\" style=\"color:#8a5a2b;\"\u003eGAIA thread-size guide\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eAn O-ring seats the housing flush against the speaker base. The lower isolator pivots to stay in full contact on a floor that is out of true. Floor sliders with felt pads come in the box, so the speaker slides into place on carpet or hardwood before you level it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eWhat Reviewers Are Saying\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003e\u003cem\u003ePopular Science\u003c\/em\u003e named the GAIA Neo speaker isolation feet a winner in its 2025 Audio Awards, with reviewer Tony Ware writing that they “rein in energy loss and unleash imaging.”\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eWho Is the GAIA III Neo Best For?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;padding-left:1.4em;line-height:1.6;\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eYou own slim floorstanders of 40 to 70 pounds each\u003c\/strong\u003e — a set of four GAIA III Neo carries them inside the working range\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eYour floor is not perfectly level\u003c\/strong\u003e — the lower ring adjusts 0.34 inches per foot with the speaker in place, and the isolator pivots to stay in contact\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eYou move your speakers to tune the room\u003c\/strong\u003e — the included sliders let the cabinet slide into position on carpet or hardwood\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eYou want the feet to look built in\u003c\/strong\u003e — the O-ring seats the housing flush to the base, in black or dark chrome to match the cabinet\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eYour speakers weigh more than 70 pounds each\u003c\/strong\u003e — the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.audioadvisor.com\/products\/isoacoustics-gaia-ii-neo-speaker-isolators-weight-cap-120-lbs-set-of-4\" style=\"color:#8a5a2b;\"\u003eGAIA II Neo\u003c\/a\u003e carries 120 pounds a set\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eHow Do You Set Them Up?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eUnscrew the factory spikes and match the thread. One side of the adaptor goes into the speaker and the other into the Neo housing. Screw each foot in until the O-ring seats flush, with the logo facing your seat. Set the sliders under the feet, push the speaker into position, then tilt one side at a time to remove them.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eTurn each lower ring to level the cabinet. On thick carpet, the matching carpet discs give each foot a solid surface to stand on. Check that the logos still face forward, and play.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003ePairs Well With\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eWhat most GAIA III Neo owners shop next.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;padding-left:1.4em;line-height:1.6;\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.audioadvisor.com\/collections\/speaker-stands\" style=\"color:#8a5a2b;\"\u003eSpeaker stands\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e — get the tweeters to ear height before you isolate\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.audioadvisor.com\/collections\/floor-carpet-protection-discs\" style=\"color:#8a5a2b;\"\u003eFloor and carpet protection discs\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e — a firm footing on carpet or a soft floor\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.audioadvisor.com\/collections\/speaker-cables\" style=\"color:#8a5a2b;\"\u003eSpeaker cables\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e — the next link in the chain after the speakers are settled\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.audioadvisor.com\/collections\/speakers\" style=\"color:#8a5a2b;\"\u003eSpeakers\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e — the bookshelf and desktop models these are made to sit under\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size:1.05em;margin:0.9em 0 0.25em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eHow many do I need?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eFour per speaker, one at each corner, matching the spikes they replace. The GAIA III Neo is sold as a set of four, so order one set per speaker or two for a stereo pair.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size:1.05em;margin:0.9em 0 0.25em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eWhich GAIA Neo fits my speakers?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eGo by the weight of one speaker: GAIA III Neo up to 70 pounds, GAIA II Neo up to 120, GAIA I Neo up to 220. The \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/calculator.isoacoustics.com\/\" style=\"color:#8a5a2b;\"\u003eIsoAcoustics online weight selector\u003c\/a\u003e settles borderline weights in a few seconds.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size:1.05em;margin:0.9em 0 0.25em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eWill they fit my speaker's threads?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eAdaptors for M8-1.25, M6-1.0 and 1\/4 inch-20 come in the box. If your speaker uses another size, IsoAcoustics supplies other adaptors. Its thread-size guide shows how to measure the insert.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size:1.05em;margin:0.9em 0 0.25em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eCan I use them on carpet?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eYes. The sliders in the box move the speaker into place on carpet. On thicker carpet or an underpad, IsoAcoustics recommends its \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.audioadvisor.com\/products\/isoacoustics-carpet-discs-for-gaia-iii-neo-set-of-4-black\" style=\"color:#8a5a2b;\"\u003eGAIA III Neo carpet discs\u003c\/a\u003e, which give each foot a solid surface.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 1.25em; margin: 1.4em 0 0.35em 0; font-weight: 600;\"\u003eSee It in Action\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin: 0 0 0.5em 0; line-height: 1.55;\"\u003eIsoAcoustics walks a GAIA Neo installation end to end — unboxing, choosing the right threaded adapter, fitting the isolators and setting the final position:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ciframe width=\"100%\" height=\"360\" src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/pXZZCDHk70E\" title=\"The Official GAIA Neo Official Installation Video Guide\" style=\"border: 0; margin: 0 0 0.9em 0; display: block;\"\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eWhy Audio Advisor?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;padding-left:1.4em;line-height:1.6;\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e40+ Years of Expertise — Since 1981, we've helped over a million music lovers find the right gear.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e60-Day Money-Back Guarantee — Take your time. Listen, enjoy, and make sure it's right for you.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReal Experts, Real Help — Our team is here to answer your questions at 800-942-0220, weekdays 9am–6pm EST.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFree Shipping — On orders over $49, delivered to your door.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFlexible Payment Options — Financing available so you can start listening now.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eLearn More\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eWant to learn more about speaker placement, floor types, or vibration control? Visit our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.audioadvisor.com\/blogs\/learning-center\" style=\"color:#8a5a2b;\"\u003eLearning Center\u003c\/a\u003e for guides, tips, and expert advice.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"IsoAcoustics","offers":[{"title":"Black \/ New","offer_id":45980511731885,"sku":"NEW-IAGAIAIIINEO-4S-BLK","price":354.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0750\/3708\/1773\/files\/IAGAIAIIINEO-4S-BLK_01_set_of_four_front_2025__07229.1760375268.1280.1280_6f70adc9-53fa-4c8f-91c3-9d437f777aae.jpg?v=1778164407"},{"product_id":"isoacoustics-gaia-i-neo-speaker-isolators-weight-cap-220-lbs-set-of-4-dark-chrome","title":"IsoAcoustics GAIA I Neo Speaker Isolators - Weight cap. 220 lbs - Set of 4 - Dark Chrome","description":"\u003cdiv style=\"max-width:720px;margin:0 auto;padding:32px 24px 48px 24px;background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:0 0 0.35em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eHeight-Adjustable Isolation Feet for Floorstanders up to 220 Pounds\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eThe IsoAcoustics GAIA I Neo is sold as a set of four, in black or dark chrome, and every speaker takes one set. It carries a floorstanding speaker or subwoofer of up to 220 pounds. The feet screw into the inserts the factory spikes came out of, and the height adjusts once the speaker is in place.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eA floorstander pushes its own energy into the floor, and the floor pushes it back into the cabinet. IsoAcoustics designs the GAIA Neo to manage that energy inside the foot. The housing is fixed to the speaker, and only the lower isolator touches the floor.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eThe Second-Generation GAIA, Sized for the Heaviest Floorstanders\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size:1.05em;margin:0.9em 0 0.25em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eFit, Load and Materials\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eA set of four GAIA I Neo carries 220 pounds, so each foot handles 55. No minimum is published. A foot carrying far less than its rating never reaches its working range. A 90-pound speaker belongs on the GAIA II Neo and a 60-pound speaker on the GAIA III Neo. The \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/calculator.isoacoustics.com\/\" style=\"color:#8a5a2b;\"\u003eIsoAcoustics online weight selector\u003c\/a\u003e sorts this by weight.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eEach foot is 3 inches across and 2 inches tall, in a metal housing finished in black or dark chrome. Turning the lower ring moves it up to 0.34 inches, so you level the speaker once it is standing. Three thread adaptors are included: M12-1.25, M8-1.25 and 1\/4 inch-20. Other sizes: see the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/isoacoustics.com\/home-audio-isolation-products\/gaia-series\/gaia-thread-sizes\/\" style=\"color:#8a5a2b;\"\u003eGAIA thread-size guide\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eAn O-ring seats the housing flush against the speaker base. The lower isolator pivots to stay in full contact on a floor that is out of true. Floor sliders with felt pads come in the box, so the speaker slides into place on carpet or hardwood before you level it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eWhat Reviewers Are Saying\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003e\u003cem\u003ePopular Science\u003c\/em\u003e named the GAIA Neo speaker isolation feet a winner in its 2025 Audio Awards, with reviewer Tony Ware writing that they “rein in energy loss and unleash imaging.”\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eRick Becker reviewed the GAIA I Neo for \u003cem\u003eEnjoy the Music\u003c\/em\u003e and called the Neo “one of those upgrades that have no downsides”, noting that they also isolate the rest of the system from speaker vibration.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eWho Is the GAIA I Neo Best For?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;padding-left:1.4em;line-height:1.6;\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eYou own floorstanders of 120 to 220 pounds each\u003c\/strong\u003e — a set of four GAIA I Neo carries them inside the working range\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eYour floor is not perfectly level\u003c\/strong\u003e — the lower ring adjusts 0.34 inches per foot with the speaker in place, and the isolator pivots to stay in contact\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eYou move your speakers to tune the room\u003c\/strong\u003e — the included sliders let a 200-pound cabinet slide into position on carpet or hardwood\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eYou want the feet to look built in\u003c\/strong\u003e — the O-ring seats the housing flush to the base, in black or dark chrome to match the cabinet\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eYour speakers weigh less than 120 pounds each\u003c\/strong\u003e — the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.audioadvisor.com\/products\/isoacoustics-gaia-ii-neo-speaker-isolators-weight-cap-120-lbs-set-of-4\" style=\"color:#8a5a2b;\"\u003eGAIA II Neo\u003c\/a\u003e, rated 120 pounds a set, keeps a lighter cabinet inside its working range\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eHow Do You Set Them Up?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eUnscrew the factory spikes and match the thread. One side of the adaptor goes into the speaker and the other into the Neo housing. Screw each foot in until the O-ring seats flush, with the logo facing your seat. Set the sliders under the feet, push the speaker into position, then tilt one side at a time to remove them.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eTurn each lower ring to level the cabinet. On thick carpet, the matching carpet discs give each foot a solid surface to stand on. Check that the logos still face forward, and play.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003ePairs Well With\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eWhat most GAIA I Neo owners shop next.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;padding-left:1.4em;line-height:1.6;\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.audioadvisor.com\/collections\/speaker-stands\" style=\"color:#8a5a2b;\"\u003eSpeaker stands\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e — get the tweeters to ear height before you isolate\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.audioadvisor.com\/collections\/floor-carpet-protection-discs\" style=\"color:#8a5a2b;\"\u003eFloor and carpet protection discs\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e — a firm footing on carpet or a soft floor\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.audioadvisor.com\/collections\/speaker-cables\" style=\"color:#8a5a2b;\"\u003eSpeaker cables\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e — the next link in the chain after the speakers are settled\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.audioadvisor.com\/collections\/speakers\" style=\"color:#8a5a2b;\"\u003eSpeakers\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e — the bookshelf and desktop models these are made to sit under\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size:1.05em;margin:0.9em 0 0.25em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eHow many do I need?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eFour per speaker, one at each corner, matching the spikes they replace. The GAIA I Neo is sold as a set of four, so order one set per speaker or two for a stereo pair.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size:1.05em;margin:0.9em 0 0.25em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eWhich GAIA Neo fits my speakers?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eGo by the weight of one speaker: GAIA III Neo up to 70 pounds, GAIA II Neo up to 120, GAIA I Neo up to 220. The \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/calculator.isoacoustics.com\/\" style=\"color:#8a5a2b;\"\u003eIsoAcoustics online weight selector\u003c\/a\u003e settles borderline weights in a few seconds.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size:1.05em;margin:0.9em 0 0.25em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eWill they fit my speaker's threads?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eAdaptors for M12-1.25, M8-1.25 and 1\/4 inch-20 come in the box. If your speaker uses another size, IsoAcoustics supplies other adaptors. Its thread-size guide shows how to measure the insert.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size:1.05em;margin:0.9em 0 0.25em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eCan I use them on carpet?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eYes. The sliders in the box move the speaker into place on carpet. On thicker carpet or an underpad, IsoAcoustics recommends its \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.audioadvisor.com\/products\/isoacoustics-carpet-discs-for-gaia-i-neo-set-of-4-black\" style=\"color:#8a5a2b;\"\u003eGAIA I Neo carpet discs\u003c\/a\u003e, which give each foot a solid surface.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 1.25em; margin: 1.4em 0 0.35em 0; font-weight: 600;\"\u003eSee It in Action\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin: 0 0 0.5em 0; line-height: 1.55;\"\u003eIsoAcoustics walks a GAIA Neo installation end to end — unboxing, choosing the right threaded adapter, fitting the isolators and setting the final position:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ciframe width=\"100%\" height=\"360\" src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/pXZZCDHk70E\" title=\"The Official GAIA Neo Official Installation Video Guide\" style=\"border: 0; margin: 0 0 0.9em 0; display: block;\"\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eWhy Audio Advisor?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;padding-left:1.4em;line-height:1.6;\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e40+ Years of Expertise — Since 1981, we've helped over a million music lovers find the right gear.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e60-Day Money-Back Guarantee — Take your time. Listen, enjoy, and make sure it's right for you.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReal Experts, Real Help — Our team is here to answer your questions at 800-942-0220, weekdays 9am–6pm EST.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFree Shipping — On orders over $49, delivered to your door.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFlexible Payment Options — Financing available so you can start listening now.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eLearn More\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eWant to learn more about speaker placement, floor types, or vibration control? Visit our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.audioadvisor.com\/blogs\/learning-center\" style=\"color:#8a5a2b;\"\u003eLearning Center\u003c\/a\u003e for guides, tips, and expert advice.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"IsoAcoustics","offers":[{"title":"Dark Chrome \/ New","offer_id":45980600631469,"sku":"NEW-IAGAIAINEODC-4S-DC","price":874.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0750\/3708\/1773\/files\/IAGAIAINEODC-4S-DC_01_set_of_four_2025__80223.1760447270.1280.1280_5e432d4e-b2f3-48ca-9c04-39fd276b9be7.jpg?v=1778164635"},{"product_id":"isoacoustics-aperta-300-speaker-stands-black-each","title":"IsoAcoustics Aperta 300 Speaker Stands - Black - Each","description":"\u003cdiv style=\"max-width:720px;margin:0 auto;padding:32px 24px 48px 24px;background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:0 0 0.35em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eThe Wide Aperta for Center Channels and Broad Cabinets up to 60 Pounds\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eThe IsoAcoustics Aperta 300 is sold singly, one stand per box. It is the wide-format Aperta, 11.8 inches across, made for a center channel or a broad bookshelf speaker of up to 60 pounds. Like the other Aperta stands, it tilts up to 6.5 degrees to aim the drivers at the listener.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eA speaker on a cabinet or shelf drives energy into the surface, and the surface sends it back into the cabinet. IsoAcoustics designs the Aperta 300 so that energy is managed by isolators in the top and bottom of the frame. The speaker rides on the isolators, not the shelf.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eBuilt Wide for the Speaker That Sits Under the Screen\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size:1.05em;margin:0.9em 0 0.25em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eFit, Load and Materials\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eEach Aperta 300 carries up to 60 pounds. No minimum is published, but an isolator loaded far under its rating never reaches its working range, so a small, light center speaker may be better served by the Aperta. The \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/calculator.isoacoustics.com\/\" style=\"color:#8a5a2b;\"\u003eIsoAcoustics online weight selector\u003c\/a\u003e confirms the match.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eThe stand is 11.8 inches wide, 7.9 inches deep and 3 inches tall, so it raises the speaker three inches. The frame is solid aluminum in black, with IsoAcoustics isolators in the top and bottom sections. The speaker sits on the top frame; nothing is fastened to it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eThe tilt adjusts up to 6.5 degrees up or down with gradation marks, so a center channel below the screen can be angled up toward the seats. It is made for a cabinet top, shelf, credenza or floor stand.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eWho Is the Aperta 300 Best For?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;padding-left:1.4em;line-height:1.6;\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eYour center channel sits below the screen\u003c\/strong\u003e — the upward tilt aims its drivers at the seats instead of the ceiling\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eYou own a wide bookshelf speaker of up to 60 pounds\u003c\/strong\u003e — the 11.8-inch frame supports a broad cabinet across its full width\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eYour speaker is on a cabinet or credenza\u003c\/strong\u003e — three inches of lift and the isolators take it off the furniture surface\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eYou need one stand, not a pair\u003c\/strong\u003e — sold singly, so a single center or a third speaker is covered without a spare\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eYour speaker is narrow and light\u003c\/strong\u003e — the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.audioadvisor.com\/products\/isoacoustics-aperta-speaker-stands\" style=\"color:#8a5a2b;\"\u003eAperta\u003c\/a\u003e, rated 35 pounds a stand, keeps a smaller cabinet inside its working range\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eHow Do You Set It Up?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eSet the stand where the speaker will go, logo facing forward. Place the speaker centered on the top frame. Adjust the tilt until the drivers point at the main seat and read the mark so you can repeat it. Sit down and listen.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003ePairs Well With\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eWhat most Aperta 300 owners shop next.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;padding-left:1.4em;line-height:1.6;\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.audioadvisor.com\/collections\/speaker-stands\" style=\"color:#8a5a2b;\"\u003eSpeaker stands\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e — get the tweeters to ear height before you isolate\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.audioadvisor.com\/collections\/floor-carpet-protection-discs\" style=\"color:#8a5a2b;\"\u003eFloor and carpet protection discs\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e — a firm footing on carpet or a soft floor\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.audioadvisor.com\/collections\/speaker-cables\" style=\"color:#8a5a2b;\"\u003eSpeaker cables\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e — the next link in the chain after the speakers are settled\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.audioadvisor.com\/collections\/speakers\" style=\"color:#8a5a2b;\"\u003eSpeakers\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e — the bookshelf and desktop models these are made to sit under\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size:1.05em;margin:0.9em 0 0.25em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eHow many do I need?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eOne stand per speaker. The Aperta 300 is sold singly, so order one for a center channel or two for a stereo pair of wide speakers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size:1.05em;margin:0.9em 0 0.25em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eWhich Aperta fits my speakers?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eGo by the weight and footprint of one speaker: Aperta up to 35 pounds, Aperta200 up to 75, Aperta 300 up to 60 for wide cabinets. The \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/calculator.isoacoustics.com\/\" style=\"color:#8a5a2b;\"\u003eIsoAcoustics online weight selector\u003c\/a\u003e settles borderline cases.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size:1.05em;margin:0.9em 0 0.25em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eHow does the tilt adjustment work?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eThe stand tilts up to 6.5 degrees upward or downward, and gradation marks show the setting. A center channel below the screen is usually tilted up toward the seats.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size:1.05em;margin:0.9em 0 0.25em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eWill a floorstanding speaker sit on it?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eIsoAcoustics rates the Aperta 300 for speakers up to 60 pounds on a cabinet, shelf or stand. Floorstanders are better served by the threaded GAIA isolators.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 1.25em; margin: 1.4em 0 0.35em 0; font-weight: 600;\"\u003eSee It in Action\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin: 0 0 0.5em 0; line-height: 1.55;\"\u003eIsoAcoustics unboxes the Aperta stands and demonstrates the tilt adjustment across the three sizes:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ciframe width=\"100%\" height=\"360\" src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/qdQZ7tG1RCA\" title=\"IsoAcoustics Aperta Series Speaker Isolation Stand Unboxing Video\" style=\"border: 0; margin: 0 0 0.9em 0; display: block;\"\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eWhy Audio Advisor?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;padding-left:1.4em;line-height:1.6;\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e40+ Years of Expertise — Since 1981, we've helped over a million music lovers find the right gear.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e60-Day Money-Back Guarantee — Take your time. Listen, enjoy, and make sure it's right for you.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReal Experts, Real Help — Our team is here to answer your questions at 800-942-0220, weekdays 9am–6pm EST.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFree Shipping — On orders over $49, delivered to your door.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFlexible Payment Options — Financing available so you can start listening now.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eLearn More\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eWant to learn more about speaker placement, desktop speakers, or vibration control? Visit our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.audioadvisor.com\/blogs\/learning-center\" style=\"color:#8a5a2b;\"\u003eLearning Center\u003c\/a\u003e for guides, tips, and expert advice.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"IsoAcoustics","offers":[{"title":"New","offer_id":45980615671981,"sku":"NEW-IAAPER300-BLK-EA","price":179.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0750\/3708\/1773\/files\/IAAPER300_BLK_02-Large__63077.1730358584.1280.1280.jpg?v=1778094492"},{"product_id":"isoacoustics-gaia-i-speaker-isolators-set-of-4","title":"IsoAcoustics GAIA I Speaker Isolators - Set of 4","description":"\u003cdiv style=\"max-width:720px;margin:0 auto;padding:32px 24px 48px 24px;background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:0 0 0.35em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eThreaded Isolation Feet for Floorstanders up to 220 Pounds\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eThe IsoAcoustics GAIA I is the largest of the three original GAIA isolators. It is sold here singly and as a set of four, and every speaker takes four. A set carries a floorstanding speaker or subwoofer of up to 220 pounds. The feet screw into the same inserts the factory spikes came out of.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eA floorstander drives its own energy into the floor, and the floor sends it straight back up into the box. IsoAcoustics designs the GAIA to manage that energy inside the foot. The housing is fixed to the speaker, and only the lower isolator touches the floor.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eMade for the Heaviest Speakers Still Standing on Spikes\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size:1.05em;margin:0.9em 0 0.25em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eFit, Load and Materials\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eA set of four GAIA I carries 220 pounds, so each foot handles 55. No minimum is published. A foot carrying far less than its rating never settles into its working range. A 90-pound speaker belongs on the GAIA II and a 60-pound speaker on the GAIA III. The \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/calculator.isoacoustics.com\/\" style=\"color:#8a5a2b;\"\u003eIsoAcoustics online weight selector\u003c\/a\u003e sorts this by weight.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eEach GAIA I is 2.5 inches across and 1.9 inches tall, in a machined dark chrome metal housing. It replaces the spike or foot rather than sitting under it. The change in speaker height depends on what came out. Three thread adaptors are included: M8-1.25, M12-1.25 and 1\/4 inch-20.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eIf your speaker uses another thread, IsoAcoustics supplies other sizes. Its \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/isoacoustics.com\/home-audio-isolation-products\/gaia-series\/gaia-thread-sizes\/\" style=\"color:#8a5a2b;\"\u003eGAIA thread-size guide\u003c\/a\u003e explains how to measure. The lower isolator is made to grip a hard floor. On thick carpet, the matching carpet discs give it a solid surface to stand on.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eWhat Reviewers Are Saying\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eRobert Deutsch tried a GAIA I set under his Monitor Audio speakers for \u003cem\u003eStereophile\u003c\/em\u003e. He found that “instruments and voices were more precisely defined on the soundstage, which itself was wider and higher.”\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eTheo Nicolakis ran GAIA I under his own speakers for \u003cem\u003eAudioholics\u003c\/em\u003e. He wrote: “In every instance the GAIA isolators improved the top to bottom performance of my two reference setups.”\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003e\u003cem\u003eStereophile\u003c\/em\u003e lists the GAIA I in its Recommended Components for 2025, and it named the GAIA and OREA isolation feet its Accessory of 2019.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eWho Is the GAIA I Best For?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;padding-left:1.4em;line-height:1.6;\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eYou own floorstanders of 120 to 220 pounds each\u003c\/strong\u003e — four GAIA I per speaker carry them inside the working range\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eYour speakers have threaded spike inserts\u003c\/strong\u003e — the housing screws into the cabinet, so the foot moves with the speaker\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eYour floor is hardwood, tile or concrete\u003c\/strong\u003e — the lower isolator grips a hard surface without spikes marking it\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eYou have a large subwoofer\u003c\/strong\u003e — IsoAcoustics rates the GAIA I for subwoofers up to 220 pounds as well as speakers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eYour speakers weigh less than 120 pounds each\u003c\/strong\u003e — the GAIA II, rated 120 pounds a set, keeps a lighter cabinet inside its working range\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eHow Do You Set Them Up?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eUnscrew the factory spikes and match the thread. One side of the adaptor goes into the speaker and the other into the GAIA housing. Thread each stud in at least four full turns. Turn the logo to face your seat, then tighten the locking nut against the base of the speaker.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eLift the speaker into place rather than sliding it, since the lower isolators grip the floor. On thick carpet, set a carpet disc under each foot. Level the cabinet, check that the logos still face forward, and play.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003ePairs Well With\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eWhat most GAIA I owners shop next.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;padding-left:1.4em;line-height:1.6;\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.audioadvisor.com\/collections\/speaker-stands\" style=\"color:#8a5a2b;\"\u003eSpeaker stands\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e — get the tweeters to ear height before you isolate\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.audioadvisor.com\/collections\/floor-carpet-protection-discs\" style=\"color:#8a5a2b;\"\u003eFloor and carpet protection discs\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e — a firm footing on carpet or a soft floor\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.audioadvisor.com\/collections\/speaker-cables\" style=\"color:#8a5a2b;\"\u003eSpeaker cables\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e — the next link in the chain after the speakers are settled\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.audioadvisor.com\/collections\/speakers\" style=\"color:#8a5a2b;\"\u003eSpeakers\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e — the bookshelf and desktop models these are made to sit under\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size:1.05em;margin:0.9em 0 0.25em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eHow many do I need?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eFour per speaker, one at each corner, matching the spikes they replace. The GAIA I is sold singly and as a set of four. Order one set per speaker, or eight for a stereo pair.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size:1.05em;margin:0.9em 0 0.25em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eWhich GAIA fits my speakers?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eGo by the weight of one speaker: GAIA III up to 70 pounds, GAIA II up to 120, GAIA I up to 220. Heavier cabinets take the GAIA Titan. The \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/calculator.isoacoustics.com\/\" style=\"color:#8a5a2b;\"\u003eIsoAcoustics online weight selector\u003c\/a\u003e settles borderline weights.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size:1.05em;margin:0.9em 0 0.25em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eWill they fit my speaker's threads?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eAdaptors for M8-1.25, M12-1.25 and 1\/4 inch-20 come in the box. If your speaker uses another size, IsoAcoustics supplies other adaptors. Its thread-size guide shows how to measure the insert.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size:1.05em;margin:0.9em 0 0.25em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eCan I use them on carpet?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eYes. On low pile the lower isolator grips through the carpet. On thicker carpet or an underpad, IsoAcoustics recommends its \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.audioadvisor.com\/products\/isoacoustics-gaia-i-carpet-spikes-set-of-4\" style=\"color:#8a5a2b;\"\u003eGAIA I carpet spikes\u003c\/a\u003e, which give each foot a solid surface.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size:1.05em;margin:0.9em 0 0.25em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eHow much height do they add?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eEach GAIA I stands 1.9 inches tall. It replaces the spike or foot rather than stacking on it, so the net change depends on the spike that came out. Measure before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eSee It in Action\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.5em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eStreaky, a UK mixing engineer, fits GAIA I to his speakers and compares the result with the factory spikes:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ciframe width=\"100%\" height=\"360\" src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/k3ExWnCN5kU\" title=\"DOES SPEAKER ISOLATION WORK? - Isoacoustic Gaia 1 - Streaky\" style=\"border:0;margin:0 0 0.9em 0;display:block;\" allowfullscreen\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eWhy Audio Advisor?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;padding-left:1.4em;line-height:1.6;\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e40+ Years of Expertise — Since 1981, we've helped over a million music lovers find the right gear.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e60-Day Money-Back Guarantee — Take your time. Listen, enjoy, and make sure it's right for you.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReal Experts, Real Help — Our team is here to answer your questions at 800-942-0220, weekdays 9am–6pm EST.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFree Shipping — On orders over $49, delivered to your door.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFlexible Payment Options — Financing available so you can start listening now.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eLearn More\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eWant to learn more about speaker placement, floor types, or vibration control? Visit our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.audioadvisor.com\/blogs\/learning-center\" style=\"color:#8a5a2b;\"\u003eLearning Center\u003c\/a\u003e for guides, tips, and expert advice.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"IsoAcoustics","offers":[{"title":"4 Set \/ New","offer_id":45981152444589,"sku":"NEW-IAGAIAI-4S","price":569.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0750\/3708\/1773\/files\/IAGAIAI_1-4-Large__87357.1731599625.1280.1280_116c41be-130b-4db5-a954-ae89b3307268.jpg?v=1778145312"},{"product_id":"isoacoustics-gaia-ii-neo-speaker-isolators-weight-cap-120-lbs-set-of-4-black","title":"IsoAcoustics GAIA II Neo Speaker Isolators - Weight cap. 120 lbs - Set of 4 - Black","description":"\u003cdiv style=\"max-width:720px;margin:0 auto;padding:32px 24px 48px 24px;background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:0 0 0.35em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eThe Mid-Size GAIA Neo, with Height Adjustment Built In\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eThe IsoAcoustics GAIA II Neo is sold as a set of four, in black or dark chrome, and every speaker takes one set. It carries a floorstanding speaker or subwoofer of up to 120 pounds. The feet screw into the inserts the factory spikes came out of, and the height adjusts once the speaker is in place.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eA floorstander pushes its own energy into the floor, and the floor pushes it back into the cabinet. IsoAcoustics designs the GAIA Neo to manage that energy inside the foot. The housing is fixed to the speaker, and only the lower isolator touches the floor.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eThe Second-Generation GAIA, Sized for Everyday Floorstanders\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size:1.05em;margin:0.9em 0 0.25em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eFit, Load and Materials\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eA set of four GAIA II Neo carries 120 pounds, so each foot handles 30. No minimum is published. A foot carrying far less than its rating never reaches its working range. A 150-pound speaker belongs on the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.audioadvisor.com\/products\/isoacoustics-gaia-i-neo-speaker-isolators-weight-cap-220-lbs-set-of-4\" style=\"color:#8a5a2b;\"\u003eGAIA I Neo\u003c\/a\u003e and a 60-pound speaker on the GAIA III Neo. The \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/calculator.isoacoustics.com\/\" style=\"color:#8a5a2b;\"\u003eIsoAcoustics online weight selector\u003c\/a\u003e sorts this by weight.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eEach foot is 2.6 inches across and 2 inches tall, in a metal housing finished in black or dark chrome. Turning the lower ring moves it up to 0.34 inches, so you level the speaker once it is standing. Three thread adaptors are included: M8-1.25, M6-1.0 and 1\/4 inch-20. Other sizes: see the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/isoacoustics.com\/home-audio-isolation-products\/gaia-series\/gaia-thread-sizes\/\" style=\"color:#8a5a2b;\"\u003eGAIA thread-size guide\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eAn O-ring seats the housing flush against the speaker base. The lower isolator pivots to stay in full contact on a floor that is out of true. Floor sliders with felt pads come in the box, so the speaker slides into place on carpet or hardwood before you level it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eWhat Reviewers Are Saying\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003e\u003cem\u003ePopular Science\u003c\/em\u003e named the GAIA Neo speaker isolation feet a winner in its 2025 Audio Awards, with reviewer Tony Ware writing that they “rein in energy loss and unleash imaging.”\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eWho Is the GAIA II Neo Best For?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;padding-left:1.4em;line-height:1.6;\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eYou own floorstanders of 70 to 120 pounds each\u003c\/strong\u003e — a set of four GAIA II Neo carries them inside the working range\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eYour floor is not perfectly level\u003c\/strong\u003e — the lower ring adjusts 0.34 inches per foot with the speaker in place, and the isolator pivots to stay in contact\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eYou move your speakers to tune the room\u003c\/strong\u003e — the included sliders let the cabinet slide into position on carpet or hardwood\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eYou want the feet to look built in\u003c\/strong\u003e — the O-ring seats the housing flush to the base, in black or dark chrome to match the cabinet\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eYour speakers weigh more than 120 pounds each\u003c\/strong\u003e — the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.audioadvisor.com\/products\/isoacoustics-gaia-i-neo-speaker-isolators-weight-cap-220-lbs-set-of-4\" style=\"color:#8a5a2b;\"\u003eGAIA I Neo\u003c\/a\u003e carries 220 pounds a set\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eHow Do You Set Them Up?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eUnscrew the factory spikes and match the thread. One side of the adaptor goes into the speaker and the other into the Neo housing. Screw each foot in until the O-ring seats flush, with the logo facing your seat. Set the sliders under the feet, push the speaker into position, then tilt one side at a time to remove them.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eTurn each lower ring to level the cabinet. On thick carpet, the matching carpet discs give each foot a solid surface to stand on. Check that the logos still face forward, and play.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003ePairs Well With\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eWhat most GAIA II Neo owners shop next.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;padding-left:1.4em;line-height:1.6;\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.audioadvisor.com\/collections\/speaker-stands\" style=\"color:#8a5a2b;\"\u003eSpeaker stands\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e — get the tweeters to ear height before you isolate\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.audioadvisor.com\/collections\/floor-carpet-protection-discs\" style=\"color:#8a5a2b;\"\u003eFloor and carpet protection discs\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e — a firm footing on carpet or a soft floor\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.audioadvisor.com\/collections\/speaker-cables\" style=\"color:#8a5a2b;\"\u003eSpeaker cables\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e — the next link in the chain after the speakers are settled\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.audioadvisor.com\/collections\/speakers\" style=\"color:#8a5a2b;\"\u003eSpeakers\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e — the bookshelf and desktop models these are made to sit under\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size:1.05em;margin:0.9em 0 0.25em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eHow many do I need?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eFour per speaker, one at each corner, matching the spikes they replace. The GAIA II Neo is sold as a set of four, so order one set per speaker or two for a stereo pair.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size:1.05em;margin:0.9em 0 0.25em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eWhich GAIA Neo fits my speakers?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eGo by the weight of one speaker: GAIA III Neo up to 70 pounds, GAIA II Neo up to 120, GAIA I Neo up to 220. The \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/calculator.isoacoustics.com\/\" style=\"color:#8a5a2b;\"\u003eIsoAcoustics online weight selector\u003c\/a\u003e settles borderline weights in a few seconds.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size:1.05em;margin:0.9em 0 0.25em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eWill they fit my speaker's threads?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eAdaptors for M8-1.25, M6-1.0 and 1\/4 inch-20 come in the box. If your speaker uses another size, IsoAcoustics supplies other adaptors. Its thread-size guide shows how to measure the insert.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size:1.05em;margin:0.9em 0 0.25em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eCan I use them on carpet?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eYes. The sliders in the box move the speaker into place on carpet. On thicker carpet or an underpad, IsoAcoustics recommends its \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.audioadvisor.com\/products\/isoacoustics-carpet-discs-for-gaia-ii-neo-set-of-4-black\" style=\"color:#8a5a2b;\"\u003eGAIA II Neo carpet discs\u003c\/a\u003e, which give each foot a solid surface.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 1.25em; margin: 1.4em 0 0.35em 0; font-weight: 600;\"\u003eSee It in Action\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin: 0 0 0.5em 0; line-height: 1.55;\"\u003eIsoAcoustics walks a GAIA Neo installation end to end — unboxing, choosing the right threaded adapter, fitting the isolators and setting the final position:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ciframe width=\"100%\" height=\"360\" src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/pXZZCDHk70E\" title=\"The Official GAIA Neo Official Installation Video Guide\" style=\"border: 0; margin: 0 0 0.9em 0; display: block;\"\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eWhy Audio Advisor?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;padding-left:1.4em;line-height:1.6;\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e40+ Years of Expertise — Since 1981, we've helped over a million music lovers find the right gear.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e60-Day Money-Back Guarantee — Take your time. Listen, enjoy, and make sure it's right for you.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReal Experts, Real Help — Our team is here to answer your questions at 800-942-0220, weekdays 9am–6pm EST.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFree Shipping — On orders over $49, delivered to your door.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFlexible Payment Options — Financing available so you can start listening now.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eLearn More\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eWant to learn more about speaker placement, floor types, or vibration control? Visit our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.audioadvisor.com\/blogs\/learning-center\" style=\"color:#8a5a2b;\"\u003eLearning Center\u003c\/a\u003e for guides, tips, and expert advice.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"IsoAcoustics","offers":[{"title":"Black \/ New","offer_id":45981524852909,"sku":"NEW-IAGAIAIINEO-4S-BLK","price":519.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0750\/3708\/1773\/files\/IAGAIAIINEO-4S-BLK_01_front_set4_2025__90843.1760446994.1280.1280_5c5b9932-6f56-4e60-9aba-f25a7f6d1eb6.jpg?v=1778164514"},{"product_id":"isoacoustics-gaia-i-speaker-isolators-each","title":"IsoAcoustics GAIA I Speaker Isolators - Each","description":"\u003cdiv style=\"max-width:720px;margin:0 auto;padding:32px 24px 48px 24px;background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:0 0 0.35em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eThreaded Isolation Feet for Floorstanders up to 220 Pounds\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eThe IsoAcoustics GAIA I is the largest of the three original GAIA isolators. It is sold here singly and as a set of four, and every speaker takes four. A set carries a floorstanding speaker or subwoofer of up to 220 pounds. The feet screw into the same inserts the factory spikes came out of.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eA floorstander drives its own energy into the floor, and the floor sends it straight back up into the box. IsoAcoustics designs the GAIA to manage that energy inside the foot. The housing is fixed to the speaker, and only the lower isolator touches the floor.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eMade for the Heaviest Speakers Still Standing on Spikes\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size:1.05em;margin:0.9em 0 0.25em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eFit, Load and Materials\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eA set of four GAIA I carries 220 pounds, so each foot handles 55. No minimum is published. A foot carrying far less than its rating never settles into its working range. A 90-pound speaker belongs on the GAIA II and a 60-pound speaker on the GAIA III. The \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/calculator.isoacoustics.com\/\" style=\"color:#8a5a2b;\"\u003eIsoAcoustics online weight selector\u003c\/a\u003e sorts this by weight.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eEach GAIA I is 2.5 inches across and 1.9 inches tall, in a machined dark chrome metal housing. It replaces the spike or foot rather than sitting under it. The change in speaker height depends on what came out. Three thread adaptors are included: M8-1.25, M12-1.25 and 1\/4 inch-20.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eIf your speaker uses another thread, IsoAcoustics supplies other sizes. Its \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/isoacoustics.com\/home-audio-isolation-products\/gaia-series\/gaia-thread-sizes\/\" style=\"color:#8a5a2b;\"\u003eGAIA thread-size guide\u003c\/a\u003e explains how to measure. The lower isolator is made to grip a hard floor. On thick carpet, the matching carpet discs give it a solid surface to stand on.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eWhat Reviewers Are Saying\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eRobert Deutsch tried a GAIA I set under his Monitor Audio speakers for \u003cem\u003eStereophile\u003c\/em\u003e. He found that “instruments and voices were more precisely defined on the soundstage, which itself was wider and higher.”\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eTheo Nicolakis ran GAIA I under his own speakers for \u003cem\u003eAudioholics\u003c\/em\u003e. He wrote: “In every instance the GAIA isolators improved the top to bottom performance of my two reference setups.”\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003e\u003cem\u003eStereophile\u003c\/em\u003e lists the GAIA I in its Recommended Components for 2025, and it named the GAIA and OREA isolation feet its Accessory of 2019.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eWho Is the GAIA I Best For?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;padding-left:1.4em;line-height:1.6;\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eYou own floorstanders of 120 to 220 pounds each\u003c\/strong\u003e — four GAIA I per speaker carry them inside the working range\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eYour speakers have threaded spike inserts\u003c\/strong\u003e — the housing screws into the cabinet, so the foot moves with the speaker\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eYour floor is hardwood, tile or concrete\u003c\/strong\u003e — the lower isolator grips a hard surface without spikes marking it\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eYou have a large subwoofer\u003c\/strong\u003e — IsoAcoustics rates the GAIA I for subwoofers up to 220 pounds as well as speakers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eYour speakers weigh less than 120 pounds each\u003c\/strong\u003e — the GAIA II, rated 120 pounds a set, keeps a lighter cabinet inside its working range\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eHow Do You Set Them Up?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eUnscrew the factory spikes and match the thread. One side of the adaptor goes into the speaker and the other into the GAIA housing. Thread each stud in at least four full turns. Turn the logo to face your seat, then tighten the locking nut against the base of the speaker.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eLift the speaker into place rather than sliding it, since the lower isolators grip the floor. On thick carpet, set a carpet disc under each foot. Level the cabinet, check that the logos still face forward, and play.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003ePairs Well With\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eWhat most GAIA I owners shop next.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;padding-left:1.4em;line-height:1.6;\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.audioadvisor.com\/collections\/speaker-stands\" style=\"color:#8a5a2b;\"\u003eSpeaker stands\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e — get the tweeters to ear height before you isolate\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.audioadvisor.com\/collections\/floor-carpet-protection-discs\" style=\"color:#8a5a2b;\"\u003eFloor and carpet protection discs\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e — a firm footing on carpet or a soft floor\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.audioadvisor.com\/collections\/speaker-cables\" style=\"color:#8a5a2b;\"\u003eSpeaker cables\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e — the next link in the chain after the speakers are settled\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.audioadvisor.com\/collections\/speakers\" style=\"color:#8a5a2b;\"\u003eSpeakers\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e — the bookshelf and desktop models these are made to sit under\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size:1.05em;margin:0.9em 0 0.25em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eHow many do I need?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eFour per speaker, one at each corner, matching the spikes they replace. The GAIA I is sold singly and as a set of four. Order one set per speaker, or eight for a stereo pair.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size:1.05em;margin:0.9em 0 0.25em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eWhich GAIA fits my speakers?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eGo by the weight of one speaker: GAIA III up to 70 pounds, GAIA II up to 120, GAIA I up to 220. Heavier cabinets take the GAIA Titan. The \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/calculator.isoacoustics.com\/\" style=\"color:#8a5a2b;\"\u003eIsoAcoustics online weight selector\u003c\/a\u003e settles borderline weights.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size:1.05em;margin:0.9em 0 0.25em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eWill they fit my speaker's threads?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eAdaptors for M8-1.25, M12-1.25 and 1\/4 inch-20 come in the box. If your speaker uses another size, IsoAcoustics supplies other adaptors. Its thread-size guide shows how to measure the insert.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size:1.05em;margin:0.9em 0 0.25em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eCan I use them on carpet?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eYes. On low pile the lower isolator grips through the carpet. On thicker carpet or an underpad, IsoAcoustics recommends its \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.audioadvisor.com\/products\/isoacoustics-gaia-i-carpet-spikes-set-of-4\" style=\"color:#8a5a2b;\"\u003eGAIA I carpet spikes\u003c\/a\u003e, which give each foot a solid surface.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size:1.05em;margin:0.9em 0 0.25em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eHow much height do they add?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eEach GAIA I stands 1.9 inches tall. It replaces the spike or foot rather than stacking on it, so the net change depends on the spike that came out. Measure before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eSee It in Action\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.5em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eStreaky, a UK mixing engineer, fits GAIA I to his speakers and compares the result with the factory spikes:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ciframe width=\"100%\" height=\"360\" src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/k3ExWnCN5kU\" title=\"DOES SPEAKER ISOLATION WORK? - Isoacoustic Gaia 1 - Streaky\" style=\"border:0;margin:0 0 0.9em 0;display:block;\" allowfullscreen\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eWhy Audio Advisor?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;padding-left:1.4em;line-height:1.6;\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e40+ Years of Expertise — Since 1981, we've helped over a million music lovers find the right gear.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e60-Day Money-Back Guarantee — Take your time. Listen, enjoy, and make sure it's right for you.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReal Experts, Real Help — Our team is here to answer your questions at 800-942-0220, weekdays 9am–6pm EST.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFree Shipping — On orders over $49, delivered to your door.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFlexible Payment Options — Financing available so you can start listening now.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eLearn More\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eWant to learn more about speaker placement, floor types, or vibration control? Visit our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.audioadvisor.com\/blogs\/learning-center\" style=\"color:#8a5a2b;\"\u003eLearning Center\u003c\/a\u003e for guides, tips, and expert advice.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"IsoAcoustics","offers":[{"title":"Each \/ New","offer_id":45981548019885,"sku":"NEW-IAGAIAI-1-EA","price":169.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Each \/ Demo","offer_id":45981548052653,"sku":"DEMO-IAGAIAI-1-EA","price":124.37,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0750\/3708\/1773\/files\/IAGAIAI_1-4-Large__73517.1731599529.1280.1280_6f771612-74d7-4ba6-b966-b98e72b02123.jpg?v=1778107660"},{"product_id":"salamander-synergy-stiletto-feet-set-of-4-aluminum","title":"Salamander Synergy Stiletto Feet - Set of 4 - Aluminum","description":"\u003ch4\u003eStylish Machined Aluminum Feet for Synergy\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp align=\"justify\"\u003eSalamander Stiletto Feet are made of precision-machined solid aluminum to create a sleek, finished look. They provide an additional five inches in height and are available in sets of four or six to easily fit any Synergy unit. Weight capacity is 400 lbs. The package includes feet, hardware, hex key wrench, and protective pads. Choose aluminum or black anodized finish.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cimg style=\"vertical-align: middle; padding-right: 5px;\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0750\/3708\/1773\/files\/p65-warning-icon.png\" alt=\"warning icon\" width=\"25\" height=\"25\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"font-weight: bold; font-size: 14px;\"\u003eWARNING:\u003c\/span\u003e Cancer and Reproductive Harm - \u003ca style=\"text-decoration: none; color: #2f84eb;\" title=\"California Proposition 65 link\" href=\"https:\/\/www.p65warnings.ca.gov\/\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003ewww.P65Warnings.ca.gov\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Salamander","offers":[{"title":"Aluminum \/ 4 Set \/ New","offer_id":45981888020653,"sku":"NEW-SMSASF-ALU-4S","price":169.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0750\/3708\/1773\/files\/SMSASF_4ALM_01-Large__65316.1691521793.1280.1280_f10ca4c1-cb33-47ac-83b6-9ccc41371435.jpg?v=1778136620"},{"product_id":"salamander-synergy-stiletto-feet-set-of-6-aluminum","title":"Salamander Synergy Stiletto Feet - Set of 6 - Aluminum","description":"\u003ch4\u003eStylish Machined Aluminum Feet for Synergy\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\n\u003cp align=\"justify\"\u003eSalamander Stiletto Feet are made of precision-machined solid aluminum to create a sleek, finished look. They provide an additional five inches in height and are available in sets of four or six to easily fit any Synergy unit. Weight capacity is 400 lbs. The package includes feet, hardware, hex key wrench, and protective pads. Choose aluminum or black anodized finish. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cimg style=\"vertical-align: middle;padding-right: 5px;\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0750\/3708\/1773\/files\/p65-warning-icon.png\" width=\"25\" height=\"25\" alt=\"warning icon\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"font-weight:bold;font-size: 14px;\"\u003eWARNING:\u003c\/span\u003e Cancer and Reproductive Harm - \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.p65warnings.ca.gov\/\" title=\"California Proposition 65 link\" target=\"_blank\" style=\"text-decoration: none;color: #2f84eb;\"\u003ewww.P65Warnings.ca.gov\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Salamander","offers":[{"title":"Aluminum \/ 6 Set \/ New","offer_id":45981937172653,"sku":"NEW-SMSASF-ALU-6S","price":229.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0750\/3708\/1773\/files\/SMSASF_4ALM_01__42948.1689623279.1280.1280_1cfc93d1-377e-4d68-af33-04ee0934e151.jpg?v=1778108672"},{"product_id":"isoacoustics-aperta-speaker-stands-with-tilt-adjustment-black-pair","title":"IsoAcoustics Aperta Speaker Stands with Tilt Adjustment - Black - Pair","description":"\u003cdiv style=\"max-width:720px;margin:0 auto;padding:32px 24px 48px 24px;background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:0 0 0.35em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eThe Tilting Isolation Stand for Bookshelf Speakers up to 35 Pounds\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eThe IsoAcoustics Aperta is sold as a pair, in black or silver, and each speaker takes one stand. It carries a bookshelf or desktop speaker of up to 35 pounds and tilts it up to 6.5 degrees up or down, so the tweeter can be aimed at your ears from a desk or a low shelf.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eA speaker on a desk or shelf drives energy into the surface, and the surface sends it back into the cabinet. IsoAcoustics designs the Aperta so that energy is managed by isolators in the top and bottom of the frame. The speaker rides on the isolators rather than on the desk.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eA Small Footprint That Carries Most Bookshelf Speakers\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size:1.05em;margin:0.9em 0 0.25em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eFit, Load and Materials\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eEach Aperta stand carries up to 35 pounds. No minimum is published, but an isolator loaded far under its rating never reaches its working range, so a very small desktop speaker may be better served by pucks. Speakers heavier than 35 pounds step up to the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.audioadvisor.com\/products\/isoacoustics-aperta200-isolation-stands-with-tilt-adjustment\" style=\"color:#8a5a2b;\"\u003eAperta200\u003c\/a\u003e. The \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/calculator.isoacoustics.com\/\" style=\"color:#8a5a2b;\"\u003eIsoAcoustics online weight selector\u003c\/a\u003e confirms the match.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eThe stand is 6.1 inches wide, 7.5 inches deep and 3 inches tall, so it raises the speaker three inches. The frame is machined aluminum, finished in black or silver, with IsoAcoustics isolators set into the top and bottom sections. The speaker sits on the top frame; nothing is screwed to it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eThe tilt adjusts up to 6.5 degrees upward or downward. The Aperta is made for a desk, shelf, credenza or a floor stand. On a floor stand whose top plate is smaller than the stand, the Aperta Plates give it a full-size surface.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eWhat Reviewers Are Saying\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eRobert Deutsch heard the Aperta demonstrated for \u003cem\u003eStereophile\u003c\/em\u003e and reported “a general tightening of the bass and less smearing in the midrange, and even the treble.”\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eGary Galo reviewed the Aperta for \u003cem\u003eAudioXpress\u003c\/em\u003e and found that “Both the bass and midrange show improved clarity and definition” with the stands in place.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eWho Is the Aperta Best For?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;padding-left:1.4em;line-height:1.6;\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eYour speakers sit on a desk or a low shelf\u003c\/strong\u003e — the tilt aims the tweeter at your ears instead of your chest\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eYou own bookshelf or desktop speakers of up to 35 pounds each\u003c\/strong\u003e — one Aperta per speaker carries them inside the working range\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eYou want the speaker off the surface without bolting anything\u003c\/strong\u003e — it simply sits on the top frame, so it comes off in seconds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eYou have a floor stand with a small top plate\u003c\/strong\u003e — the Aperta Plates extend the surface so the stand sits flat\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eYour speakers weigh more than 35 pounds each\u003c\/strong\u003e — the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.audioadvisor.com\/products\/isoacoustics-aperta200-isolation-stands-with-tilt-adjustment\" style=\"color:#8a5a2b;\"\u003eAperta200\u003c\/a\u003e carries 75 pounds a stand\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eHow Do You Set Them Up?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eSet each stand where the speaker will go, with the IsoAcoustics logo facing forward. Place the speaker centered on the top frame. Adjust the tilt until the tweeter points at your listening position, then check that both stands are set the same. Sit down and listen.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003ePairs Well With\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eWhat most Aperta owners shop next.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;padding-left:1.4em;line-height:1.6;\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.audioadvisor.com\/collections\/speaker-stands\" style=\"color:#8a5a2b;\"\u003eSpeaker stands\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e — get the tweeters to ear height before you isolate\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.audioadvisor.com\/collections\/floor-carpet-protection-discs\" style=\"color:#8a5a2b;\"\u003eFloor and carpet protection discs\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e — a firm footing on carpet or a soft floor\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.audioadvisor.com\/collections\/speaker-cables\" style=\"color:#8a5a2b;\"\u003eSpeaker cables\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e — the next link in the chain after the speakers are settled\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.audioadvisor.com\/collections\/speakers\" style=\"color:#8a5a2b;\"\u003eSpeakers\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e — the bookshelf and desktop models these are made to sit under\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size:1.05em;margin:0.9em 0 0.25em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eHow many do I need?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eOne stand per speaker. The Aperta is sold as a pair, so one order covers a stereo pair. A center channel or a single desktop speaker needs one stand from the pair.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size:1.05em;margin:0.9em 0 0.25em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eWhich Aperta fits my speakers?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eGo by the weight and footprint of one speaker: Aperta up to 35 pounds, Aperta200 up to 75, Aperta 300 up to 60 for wide cabinets. The \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/calculator.isoacoustics.com\/\" style=\"color:#8a5a2b;\"\u003eIsoAcoustics online weight selector\u003c\/a\u003e settles borderline cases.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size:1.05em;margin:0.9em 0 0.25em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eHow does the tilt work?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eEach stand tilts up to 6.5 degrees upward or downward, so a speaker on a desk can point its tweeter up to seated ear height. Set both stands to the same angle.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size:1.05em;margin:0.9em 0 0.25em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eWill it sit on a floor stand?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eYes, if the top plate is at least the stand's 6.1 by 7.5 inch footprint. For a smaller top plate, the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.audioadvisor.com\/products\/isoacoustics-aperta-plates-for-aperta-stands-pair\" style=\"color:#8a5a2b;\"\u003eAperta Plates\u003c\/a\u003e give the stand a full-size surface.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eSee It in Action\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.5em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003esavagegeese tries the Aperta stands under desktop speakers and shows the tilt and the frame up close:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ciframe width=\"100%\" height=\"360\" src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/rbY0FTq6wYA\" title=\"Tech Reviews | Aperta Speaker Stand Isolators | Isoacoustics - savagegeese\" style=\"border:0;margin:0 0 0.9em 0;display:block;\" allowfullscreen\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eWhy Audio Advisor?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;padding-left:1.4em;line-height:1.6;\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e40+ Years of Expertise — Since 1981, we've helped over a million music lovers find the right gear.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e60-Day Money-Back Guarantee — Take your time. Listen, enjoy, and make sure it's right for you.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReal Experts, Real Help — Our team is here to answer your questions at 800-942-0220, weekdays 9am–6pm EST.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFree Shipping — On orders over $49, delivered to your door.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFlexible Payment Options — Financing available so you can start listening now.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eLearn More\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eWant to learn more about speaker placement, desktop speakers, or vibration control? Visit our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.audioadvisor.com\/blogs\/learning-center\" style=\"color:#8a5a2b;\"\u003eLearning Center\u003c\/a\u003e for guides, tips, and expert advice.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"IsoAcoustics","offers":[{"title":"Black \/ New","offer_id":45981960569005,"sku":"NEW-IAAPERTA-BLK-PR","price":229.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0750\/3708\/1773\/files\/IAAPERTA_BLK_01-Large__86825.1715953377.1280.1280_3e277d9e-6c8f-4fbe-8762-728702b3c629.jpg?v=1778094821"},{"product_id":"salamander-synergy-stiletto-feet-set-of-6-black","title":"Salamander Synergy Stiletto Feet - Set of 6 - Black","description":"\u003ch4\u003eStylish Machined Aluminum Feet for Synergy\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp align=\"justify\"\u003eSalamander Stiletto Feet are made of precision-machined solid aluminum to create a sleek, finished look. They provide an additional five inches in height and are available in sets of four or six to easily fit any Synergy unit. Weight capacity is 400 lbs. The package includes feet, hardware, hex key wrench, and protective pads. Choose aluminum or black anodized finish.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cimg style=\"vertical-align: middle; padding-right: 5px;\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0750\/3708\/1773\/files\/p65-warning-icon.png\" alt=\"warning icon\" width=\"25\" height=\"25\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"font-weight: bold; font-size: 14px;\"\u003eWARNING:\u003c\/span\u003e Cancer and Reproductive Harm - \u003ca style=\"text-decoration: none; color: #2f84eb;\" title=\"California Proposition 65 link\" href=\"https:\/\/www.p65warnings.ca.gov\/\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003ewww.P65Warnings.ca.gov\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Salamander","offers":[{"title":"Black \/ 6 Set \/ New","offer_id":45982132469933,"sku":"NEW-SMSASF-BLK-6S","price":249.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0750\/3708\/1773\/files\/SMSASF_4BLK_01-Large__08714.1691521634.1280.1280_e5dfdb9f-f01a-489d-9de1-784f72796f45.jpg?v=1778136625"},{"product_id":"isoacoustics-aperta200-isolation-stands-with-tilt-adjustment-silver-pair","title":"IsoAcoustics Aperta200 Isolation Stands with Tilt Adjustment - Silver - Pair","description":"\u003cdiv style=\"max-width:720px;margin:0 auto;padding:32px 24px 48px 24px;background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:0 0 0.35em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eThe Larger Aperta for Speakers up to 75 Pounds, with Marked Tilt\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eThe IsoAcoustics Aperta200 is sold as a pair, in black or silver, and each speaker takes one stand. It carries a bookshelf speaker or studio monitor of up to 75 pounds and tilts it up to 6.5 degrees, with graduated markings so both stands can be set to the same angle.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eA heavy monitor on a console or shelf puts real energy into the surface, and the surface returns it to the cabinet. IsoAcoustics designs the Aperta200 so that energy is managed by isolators in the top and bottom of the frame. The speaker rides on the isolators rather than on the shelf.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eTwice the Load of the Aperta, in a Stand Still Under Four Inches Tall\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size:1.05em;margin:0.9em 0 0.25em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eFit, Load and Materials\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eEach Aperta200 carries up to 75 pounds. No minimum is published, but an isolator loaded far under its rating never reaches its working range, so a 15-pound speaker sits better on the Aperta. The \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/calculator.isoacoustics.com\/\" style=\"color:#8a5a2b;\"\u003eIsoAcoustics online weight selector\u003c\/a\u003e confirms the match for your speaker.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eThe stand is 7.8 inches wide, 10 inches deep and 3.5 inches tall, so it raises the speaker three and a half inches. The frame is solid aluminum, finished in black or silver, with IsoAcoustics isolators in the top and bottom sections. The speaker sits on the top frame; nothing is fastened to it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eThe tilt adjusts up to 6.5 degrees up or down, with gradation marks to repeat the setting on the second stand. It is made for a console, shelf, credenza or floor stand. On a small top plate, the Aperta200 Support Plates give it a full surface.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eWhat Reviewers Are Saying\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eBarry Rudolph tested the Aperta200 in his control room for \u003cem\u003eMusic Connection\u003c\/em\u003e: “The Aperta 200s are winners and I highly recommend them for any project studio, stereo or home theatre”.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eWho Is the Aperta200 Best For?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;padding-left:1.4em;line-height:1.6;\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eYou own bookshelf speakers or monitors of 35 to 75 pounds each\u003c\/strong\u003e — one Aperta200 per speaker carries them inside the working range\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eYour speakers sit on a console bridge or a low shelf\u003c\/strong\u003e — the tilt aims the tweeter at your ears, and the marks let you match both sides\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eYou want the speaker off the surface without bolting anything\u003c\/strong\u003e — it sits on the top frame and lifts off in seconds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eYou have a floor stand with a small top plate\u003c\/strong\u003e — the Aperta200 Support Plates extend the surface so the stand sits flat\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eYour speakers weigh less than 35 pounds each\u003c\/strong\u003e — the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.audioadvisor.com\/products\/isoacoustics-aperta-speaker-stands\" style=\"color:#8a5a2b;\"\u003eAperta\u003c\/a\u003e, rated 35 pounds a stand, keeps a lighter speaker inside its working range\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eHow Do You Set Them Up?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eSet each stand where the speaker will go, logo facing forward. Place the speaker centered on the top frame. Adjust the tilt until the tweeter points at your listening position and read the mark, then set the second stand to the same mark. Sit down and listen.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003ePairs Well With\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eWhat most Aperta200 owners shop next.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;padding-left:1.4em;line-height:1.6;\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.audioadvisor.com\/collections\/speaker-stands\" style=\"color:#8a5a2b;\"\u003eSpeaker stands\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e — get the tweeters to ear height before you isolate\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.audioadvisor.com\/collections\/floor-carpet-protection-discs\" style=\"color:#8a5a2b;\"\u003eFloor and carpet protection discs\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e — a firm footing on carpet or a soft floor\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.audioadvisor.com\/collections\/speaker-cables\" style=\"color:#8a5a2b;\"\u003eSpeaker cables\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e — the next link in the chain after the speakers are settled\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.audioadvisor.com\/collections\/speakers\" style=\"color:#8a5a2b;\"\u003eSpeakers\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e — the bookshelf and desktop models these are made to sit under\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size:1.05em;margin:0.9em 0 0.25em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eHow many do I need?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eOne stand per speaker. The Aperta200 is sold as a pair, so one order covers a stereo pair. A single center speaker or monitor needs one stand from the pair.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size:1.05em;margin:0.9em 0 0.25em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eWhich Aperta fits my speakers?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eGo by the weight and footprint of one speaker: Aperta up to 35 pounds, Aperta200 up to 75, Aperta 300 up to 60 for wide cabinets. The \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/calculator.isoacoustics.com\/\" style=\"color:#8a5a2b;\"\u003eIsoAcoustics online weight selector\u003c\/a\u003e settles borderline cases.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size:1.05em;margin:0.9em 0 0.25em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eHow does the tilt adjustment work?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eEach stand tilts up to 6.5 degrees upward or downward, and gradation marks show the setting. Set one stand by ear, then match the second to the same mark.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size:1.05em;margin:0.9em 0 0.25em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eWill it sit on a floor stand?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eYes, if the top plate is at least the stand's 7.8 by 10 inch footprint. For a smaller top plate, the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.audioadvisor.com\/products\/isoacoustics-aperta200-support-plates-pair\" style=\"color:#8a5a2b;\"\u003eAperta200 Support Plates\u003c\/a\u003e give the stand a full-size surface.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 1.25em; margin: 1.4em 0 0.35em 0; font-weight: 600;\"\u003eSee It in Action\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin: 0 0 0.5em 0; line-height: 1.55;\"\u003eIsoAcoustics unboxes the Aperta stands and demonstrates the tilt adjustment across the three sizes:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ciframe width=\"100%\" height=\"360\" src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/qdQZ7tG1RCA\" title=\"IsoAcoustics Aperta Series Speaker Isolation Stand Unboxing Video\" style=\"border: 0; margin: 0 0 0.9em 0; display: block;\"\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eWhy Audio Advisor?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;padding-left:1.4em;line-height:1.6;\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e40+ Years of Expertise — Since 1981, we've helped over a million music lovers find the right gear.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e60-Day Money-Back Guarantee — Take your time. Listen, enjoy, and make sure it's right for you.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReal Experts, Real Help — Our team is here to answer your questions at 800-942-0220, weekdays 9am–6pm EST.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFree Shipping — On orders over $49, delivered to your door.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFlexible Payment Options — Financing available so you can start listening now.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eLearn More\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eWant to learn more about speaker placement, desktop speakers, or vibration control? Visit our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.audioadvisor.com\/blogs\/learning-center\" style=\"color:#8a5a2b;\"\u003eLearning Center\u003c\/a\u003e for guides, tips, and expert advice.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"IsoAcoustics","offers":[{"title":"Silver \/ New","offer_id":45982188175533,"sku":"NEW-IAPERTA2-SIL","price":289.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Silver \/ Demo","offer_id":45982188208301,"sku":"DEMO-IAPERTA2-SIL","price":249.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0750\/3708\/1773\/files\/IAPERTA2_1-SIL-Large__29761.1730359522.1280.1280_6b26697d-ad50-4a41-9855-29f998a1d5d3.jpg?v=1778094830"},{"product_id":"isoacoustics-gaia-iii-neo-speaker-isolators-weight-cap-70-lbs-set-of-4-dark-chrome","title":"IsoAcoustics GAIA III Neo Speaker Isolators - Weight cap. 70 lbs - Set of 4 - Dark Chrome","description":"\u003cdiv style=\"max-width:720px;margin:0 auto;padding:32px 24px 48px 24px;background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:0 0 0.35em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eThe Compact GAIA Neo for Slim Towers up to 70 Pounds\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eThe IsoAcoustics GAIA III Neo is sold as a set of four, in black or dark chrome, and every speaker takes one set. It carries a floorstanding speaker or subwoofer of up to 70 pounds. The feet screw into the inserts the factory spikes came out of, and the height adjusts once the speaker is in place.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eA floorstander pushes its own energy into the floor, and the floor pushes it back into the cabinet. IsoAcoustics designs the GAIA Neo to manage that energy inside the foot. The housing is fixed to the speaker, and only the lower isolator touches the floor.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eThe Second-Generation GAIA, Sized for Slim Towers\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size:1.05em;margin:0.9em 0 0.25em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eFit, Load and Materials\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eA set of four GAIA III Neo carries 70 pounds, so each foot handles 17.5. No minimum is published. A foot carrying far less than its rating never reaches its working range. It is the lightest Neo rung; a heavier cabinet steps up to the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.audioadvisor.com\/products\/isoacoustics-gaia-ii-neo-speaker-isolators-weight-cap-120-lbs-set-of-4\" style=\"color:#8a5a2b;\"\u003eGAIA II Neo\u003c\/a\u003e. The \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/calculator.isoacoustics.com\/\" style=\"color:#8a5a2b;\"\u003eIsoAcoustics online weight selector\u003c\/a\u003e sorts this by weight.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eEach foot is 2.2 inches across and 1.8 inches tall, in a metal housing finished in black or dark chrome. Turning the lower ring moves it up to 0.34 inches, so you level the speaker once it is standing. Three thread adaptors are included: M8-1.25, M6-1.0 and 1\/4 inch-20. Other sizes: see the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/isoacoustics.com\/home-audio-isolation-products\/gaia-series\/gaia-thread-sizes\/\" style=\"color:#8a5a2b;\"\u003eGAIA thread-size guide\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eAn O-ring seats the housing flush against the speaker base. The lower isolator pivots to stay in full contact on a floor that is out of true. Floor sliders with felt pads come in the box, so the speaker slides into place on carpet or hardwood before you level it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eWhat Reviewers Are Saying\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003e\u003cem\u003ePopular Science\u003c\/em\u003e named the GAIA Neo speaker isolation feet a winner in its 2025 Audio Awards, with reviewer Tony Ware writing that they “rein in energy loss and unleash imaging.”\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eWho Is the GAIA III Neo Best For?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;padding-left:1.4em;line-height:1.6;\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eYou own slim floorstanders of 40 to 70 pounds each\u003c\/strong\u003e — a set of four GAIA III Neo carries them inside the working range\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eYour floor is not perfectly level\u003c\/strong\u003e — the lower ring adjusts 0.34 inches per foot with the speaker in place, and the isolator pivots to stay in contact\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eYou move your speakers to tune the room\u003c\/strong\u003e — the included sliders let the cabinet slide into position on carpet or hardwood\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eYou want the feet to look built in\u003c\/strong\u003e — the O-ring seats the housing flush to the base, in black or dark chrome to match the cabinet\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eYour speakers weigh more than 70 pounds each\u003c\/strong\u003e — the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.audioadvisor.com\/products\/isoacoustics-gaia-ii-neo-speaker-isolators-weight-cap-120-lbs-set-of-4\" style=\"color:#8a5a2b;\"\u003eGAIA II Neo\u003c\/a\u003e carries 120 pounds a set\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eHow Do You Set Them Up?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eUnscrew the factory spikes and match the thread. One side of the adaptor goes into the speaker and the other into the Neo housing. Screw each foot in until the O-ring seats flush, with the logo facing your seat. Set the sliders under the feet, push the speaker into position, then tilt one side at a time to remove them.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eTurn each lower ring to level the cabinet. On thick carpet, the matching carpet discs give each foot a solid surface to stand on. Check that the logos still face forward, and play.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003ePairs Well With\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eWhat most GAIA III Neo owners shop next.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;padding-left:1.4em;line-height:1.6;\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.audioadvisor.com\/collections\/speaker-stands\" style=\"color:#8a5a2b;\"\u003eSpeaker stands\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e — get the tweeters to ear height before you isolate\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.audioadvisor.com\/collections\/floor-carpet-protection-discs\" style=\"color:#8a5a2b;\"\u003eFloor and carpet protection discs\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e — a firm footing on carpet or a soft floor\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.audioadvisor.com\/collections\/speaker-cables\" style=\"color:#8a5a2b;\"\u003eSpeaker cables\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e — the next link in the chain after the speakers are settled\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.audioadvisor.com\/collections\/speakers\" style=\"color:#8a5a2b;\"\u003eSpeakers\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e — the bookshelf and desktop models these are made to sit under\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size:1.05em;margin:0.9em 0 0.25em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eHow many do I need?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eFour per speaker, one at each corner, matching the spikes they replace. The GAIA III Neo is sold as a set of four, so order one set per speaker or two for a stereo pair.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size:1.05em;margin:0.9em 0 0.25em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eWhich GAIA Neo fits my speakers?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eGo by the weight of one speaker: GAIA III Neo up to 70 pounds, GAIA II Neo up to 120, GAIA I Neo up to 220. The \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/calculator.isoacoustics.com\/\" style=\"color:#8a5a2b;\"\u003eIsoAcoustics online weight selector\u003c\/a\u003e settles borderline weights in a few seconds.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size:1.05em;margin:0.9em 0 0.25em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eWill they fit my speaker's threads?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eAdaptors for M8-1.25, M6-1.0 and 1\/4 inch-20 come in the box. If your speaker uses another size, IsoAcoustics supplies other adaptors. Its thread-size guide shows how to measure the insert.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size:1.05em;margin:0.9em 0 0.25em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eCan I use them on carpet?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eYes. The sliders in the box move the speaker into place on carpet. On thicker carpet or an underpad, IsoAcoustics recommends its \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.audioadvisor.com\/products\/isoacoustics-carpet-discs-for-gaia-iii-neo-set-of-4-black\" style=\"color:#8a5a2b;\"\u003eGAIA III Neo carpet discs\u003c\/a\u003e, which give each foot a solid surface.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 1.25em; margin: 1.4em 0 0.35em 0; font-weight: 600;\"\u003eSee It in Action\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin: 0 0 0.5em 0; line-height: 1.55;\"\u003eIsoAcoustics walks a GAIA Neo installation end to end — unboxing, choosing the right threaded adapter, fitting the isolators and setting the final position:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ciframe width=\"100%\" height=\"360\" src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/pXZZCDHk70E\" title=\"The Official GAIA Neo Official Installation Video Guide\" style=\"border: 0; margin: 0 0 0.9em 0; display: block;\"\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eWhy Audio Advisor?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;padding-left:1.4em;line-height:1.6;\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e40+ Years of Expertise — Since 1981, we've helped over a million music lovers find the right gear.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e60-Day Money-Back Guarantee — Take your time. Listen, enjoy, and make sure it's right for you.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReal Experts, Real Help — Our team is here to answer your questions at 800-942-0220, weekdays 9am–6pm EST.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFree Shipping — On orders over $49, delivered to your door.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFlexible Payment Options — Financing available so you can start listening now.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eLearn More\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eWant to learn more about speaker placement, floor types, or vibration control? Visit our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.audioadvisor.com\/blogs\/learning-center\" style=\"color:#8a5a2b;\"\u003eLearning Center\u003c\/a\u003e for guides, tips, and expert advice.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"IsoAcoustics","offers":[{"title":"Dark Chrome \/ New","offer_id":45982190633133,"sku":"NEW-IAGAIAIIINEO-4S-DC","price":354.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0750\/3708\/1773\/files\/IAGAIAIIINEO-4S-DC_01_set_of_four_front_2025__88639.1760375354.1280.1280_677214cb-2eb3-489a-a79d-e2b5aff38263.jpg?v=1778164450"},{"product_id":"isoacoustics-gaia-ii-speaker-isolators-set-of-4","title":"IsoAcoustics GAIA II Speaker Isolators - Set of 4","description":"\u003cdiv style=\"max-width:720px;margin:0 auto;padding:32px 24px 48px 24px;background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:0 0 0.35em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eThe Mid-Size GAIA for Floorstanders up to 120 Pounds\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eThe IsoAcoustics GAIA II is the middle model of the original GAIA range. It is sold here singly and as a set of four, and each speaker takes four. A set carries a floorstanding speaker or subwoofer of up to 120 pounds. The feet thread into the inserts the factory spikes came out of.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eEvery floorstander pushes energy into the floor, and the floor pushes it back into the cabinet. IsoAcoustics designs the GAIA to manage that energy inside the foot. The housing is fixed to the speaker, and only the lower isolator touches the floor.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eSized for the Floorstanders Most Living Rooms Actually Hold\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size:1.05em;margin:0.9em 0 0.25em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eFit, Load and Materials\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eA set of four GAIA II carries 120 pounds, so each foot handles 30. No minimum is published. A foot carrying far less than its rating never settles into its working range. A 60-pound speaker belongs on the GAIA III and a 150-pound speaker on the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.audioadvisor.com\/products\/isoacoustics-gaia-i-speaker-isolators\" style=\"color:#8a5a2b;\"\u003eGAIA I\u003c\/a\u003e. The \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/calculator.isoacoustics.com\/\" style=\"color:#8a5a2b;\"\u003eIsoAcoustics online weight selector\u003c\/a\u003e sorts this by weight.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eEach GAIA II is 2 inches across and 1.7 inches tall, in a machined dark chrome metal housing. It replaces the spike or foot rather than sitting under it. The change in height depends on what came out. Three thread adaptors are included: M6-1.0, M8-1.25 and 1\/4 inch-20.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eIf your speaker uses another thread, IsoAcoustics supplies other sizes. Its \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/isoacoustics.com\/home-audio-isolation-products\/gaia-series\/gaia-thread-sizes\/\" style=\"color:#8a5a2b;\"\u003eGAIA thread-size guide\u003c\/a\u003e explains how to measure. The lower isolator is made to grip a hard floor. On thick carpet, the matching carpet discs give it a solid surface to stand on.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eWhat Reviewers Are Saying\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eBob Barrett ran GAIA II under his speakers for \u003cem\u003eHomeTheaterReview\u003c\/em\u003e. He wrote: “With every track, I consistently heard tighter bass and lower midrange, with greater focus and depth.”\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eCarlo Lo Rasso reviewed the GAIA II for \u003cem\u003eSecrets of Home Theater and High Fidelity\u003c\/em\u003e. He found them “a noticeable and positive improvement in the sonic performance of the Revel F228Be.”\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003e\u003cem\u003eHi-Fi Choice\u003c\/em\u003e gave the GAIA II a five-star review in 2017, and \u003cem\u003eStereophile\u003c\/em\u003e named the GAIA and OREA isolation feet its Accessory of 2019.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eWho Is the GAIA II Best For?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;padding-left:1.4em;line-height:1.6;\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eYou own floorstanders of 70 to 120 pounds each\u003c\/strong\u003e — four GAIA II per speaker carry them inside the working range\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eYour speakers have threaded spike inserts\u003c\/strong\u003e — the housing screws into the cabinet, so the foot moves with the speaker\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eYour floor is hardwood, tile or laminate\u003c\/strong\u003e — the lower isolator grips a hard surface without spikes marking it\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eYou run a mid-size subwoofer\u003c\/strong\u003e — IsoAcoustics rates the GAIA II for subwoofers up to 120 pounds as well as speakers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eYour speakers weigh more than 120 pounds each\u003c\/strong\u003e — the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.audioadvisor.com\/products\/isoacoustics-gaia-i-speaker-isolators\" style=\"color:#8a5a2b;\"\u003eGAIA I\u003c\/a\u003e carries 220 pounds a set\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eHow Do You Set Them Up?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eUnscrew the factory spikes and match the thread. One side of the adaptor goes into the speaker and the other into the GAIA housing. Thread each stud in at least four full turns. Turn the logo to face your seat, then tighten the locking nut against the base of the speaker.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eLift the speaker into place rather than sliding it, because the lower isolators grip the floor. On thick carpet, set a carpet disc under each foot. Level the cabinet, check that the logos face forward, and play.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003ePairs Well With\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eWhat most GAIA II owners shop next.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;padding-left:1.4em;line-height:1.6;\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.audioadvisor.com\/collections\/speaker-stands\" style=\"color:#8a5a2b;\"\u003eSpeaker stands\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e — get the tweeters to ear height before you isolate\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.audioadvisor.com\/collections\/floor-carpet-protection-discs\" style=\"color:#8a5a2b;\"\u003eFloor and carpet protection discs\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e — a firm footing on carpet or a soft floor\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.audioadvisor.com\/collections\/speaker-cables\" style=\"color:#8a5a2b;\"\u003eSpeaker cables\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e — the next link in the chain after the speakers are settled\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.audioadvisor.com\/collections\/speakers\" style=\"color:#8a5a2b;\"\u003eSpeakers\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e — the bookshelf and desktop models these are made to sit under\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size:1.05em;margin:0.9em 0 0.25em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eHow many do I need?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eFour per speaker, one at each corner, matching the spikes they replace. The GAIA II is sold singly and as a set of four. Order one set per speaker, or eight for a stereo pair.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size:1.05em;margin:0.9em 0 0.25em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eWhich GAIA fits my speakers?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eGo by the weight of one speaker: GAIA III up to 70 pounds, GAIA II up to 120, GAIA I up to 220. The \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/calculator.isoacoustics.com\/\" style=\"color:#8a5a2b;\"\u003eIsoAcoustics online weight selector\u003c\/a\u003e settles borderline weights in a few seconds.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size:1.05em;margin:0.9em 0 0.25em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eWill they fit my speaker's threads?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eAdaptors for M6-1.0, M8-1.25 and 1\/4 inch-20 come in the box. If your speaker uses another size, IsoAcoustics supplies other adaptors. Its thread-size guide shows how to measure the insert.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size:1.05em;margin:0.9em 0 0.25em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eCan I use them on carpet?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eYes. On low pile the lower isolator grips through the carpet. On thicker carpet or an underpad, IsoAcoustics recommends its \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.audioadvisor.com\/products\/isoacoustics-gaia-ii-carpet-disc-set-of-4\" style=\"color:#8a5a2b;\"\u003eGAIA II carpet discs\u003c\/a\u003e, which give each foot a solid surface.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size:1.05em;margin:0.9em 0 0.25em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eHow much height do they add?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eEach GAIA II stands 1.7 inches tall. It replaces the spike or foot rather than stacking on it, so the net change depends on the spike that came out. Measure before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eSee It in Action\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.5em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eIsoAcoustics fits GAIA II to a pair of PSB Imagine T3 floorstanders and shows the thread adaptors and the locking nut in use:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ciframe width=\"100%\" height=\"360\" src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/PGrpfzvHR70\" title=\"How to Install IsoAcoustics GAIA II on PSB T3 Speakers - IsoAcoustics\" style=\"border:0;margin:0 0 0.9em 0;display:block;\" allowfullscreen\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eWhy Audio Advisor?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;padding-left:1.4em;line-height:1.6;\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e40+ Years of Expertise — Since 1981, we've helped over a million music lovers find the right gear.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e60-Day Money-Back Guarantee — Take your time. Listen, enjoy, and make sure it's right for you.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReal Experts, Real Help — Our team is here to answer your questions at 800-942-0220, weekdays 9am–6pm EST.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFree Shipping — On orders over $49, delivered to your door.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFlexible Payment Options — Financing available so you can start listening now.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eLearn More\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eWant to learn more about speaker placement, floor types, or vibration control? Visit our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.audioadvisor.com\/blogs\/learning-center\" style=\"color:#8a5a2b;\"\u003eLearning Center\u003c\/a\u003e for guides, tips, and expert advice.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"IsoAcoustics","offers":[{"title":"4 Set \/ New","offer_id":45982746706093,"sku":"NEW-IAGAIAII-4S","price":339.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0750\/3708\/1773\/files\/IAGAIAII_4_01-Large__04369.1732634311.1280.1280_b25a7e6d-3ba3-4c65-886d-e328d9460f19.jpg?v=1778118678"},{"product_id":"isoacoustics-aperta200-isolation-stands-with-tilt-adjustment-black-pair","title":"IsoAcoustics Aperta200 Isolation Stands with Tilt Adjustment - Black - Pair","description":"\u003cp style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.audioadvisor.com\/collections\/isoacoustics\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn11.bigcommerce.com\/s-9dk28p8567\/images\/stencil\/original\/image-manager\/isoacoustics-calculator-tile-wide.png?t=1695908560\" alt=\"\" width=\"600\" height=\"114\"\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSculpted Aluminum, Tilt-Adjustable Acoustic Isolation Stands\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp align=\"justify\"\u003eThe IsoAcoustics Aperta200 is a sculpted aluminum acoustic isolation stand designed especially for high end hi-fi bookshelf, desktop speakers, and studio monitors. It also works beautifully with large speakers on floor stands, as well as under floorstanding speakers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp align=\"justify\"\u003eThe Aperta200’s solid aluminum frame and isolator construction has an overall size of 7.8” x 10” and will support large speakers weighing up to 75 lbs. The stand features a low profile of 3.5\", enabling speakers to have a low stance while enhancing their clarity and performance. The stands’ unique tilt adjustment enables you to set the optimum tilt angle, with fine gradation markings provided to ensure precise angle adjustments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\"Cleaning up the Sound, Improving the Focus\"\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp align=\"justify\"\u003e\"Hearing firsthand what the IsoAcoustics stands can do, listening to desktop speakers without them borders on the intolerable,\" reports John H. Darko, \u003cem\u003eDigitalAudioReview.net\u003c\/em\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp align=\"justify\"\u003e\"What the Aperta stands do is to clean up the sound, improving the focus, allowing you to hear deeper into the sound stage with a better 3 dimensional presentation,\" notes Mike Cox, \u003cem\u003eTNT-Audio.com\u003c\/em\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eDial in the Precise Tilt Angle\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp align=\"justify\"\u003eSculpted from aluminum frames, the Aperta creates a parallelogram structure with isolators in the top and bottom sections to provide a high level of separation of sound. You can immediately hear the results.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp align=\"justify\"\u003eIt couldn't be easier to calibrate the tilt angle desired. The new IsoAcoustics Aperta200 stands feature a unique integrated tilt adjustment to dial-in the optimum tilt angle exactly as you like it. You can adjust the tilt 6.5 degrees upward and downwards to optimize your speaker placement and focus. Fine gradation markings provided to ensure the precision of the angle adjustments. This makes it especially convenient to duplicate the exact same tilt angle with a pair of stands – or more.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eStanding up for the Science of Acoustics\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp align=\"justify\"\u003eA premier audio experience depends not only on the quality of your speakers, but also on the way they are set up. Ever take home a set of speakers that sounded spectacular in the showroom only to find something missing? IsoAcoustics stands use the science of acoustics to help you get the richest, most high fidelity aural experience out of your home audio system investment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp align=\"justify\"\u003eAcoustics is a science. Sound needs to be free, unencumbered by surrounding surfaces and its own physical placement that muffle and distort the music. The solution to the problem of getting the pinnacle of sound from your speakers is to develop an isolation that recognizes and responds to the individual energy of your speakers. More primitive technology exists to improve the sound but doesn’t maximize it. There are many solutions available to improve sound quality but IsoAcoustics maximizes sound to its ultimate level.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eDecades of Expertise\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp align=\"justify\"\u003ePassionate about luxurious sound, Dave Morrison, the owner of IsoAcoustics, knew he could reach the ultimate sound experience in the home. Applying his expertise in radio and television studios at the Canadian Broadcasting Corporation for close to 20 years, including the largest multi-media center in Toronto: over 1.72 million square feet with recording studios including everything from drama, music and chamber ensembles to special effects, radio and television shows. He transferred his experience and passion into the home environment.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"IsoAcoustics","offers":[{"title":"Black \/ New","offer_id":47280625090733,"sku":"NEW-IAPERTA2-BLK","price":289.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0750\/3708\/1773\/files\/IAPERTA2_1-BLK-Large__75541.1730359398.1280.1280_b7799472-b096-499f-845f-f46cdfe5a013.jpg?v=1778094827"},{"product_id":"isoacoustics-gaia-i-neo-speaker-isolators-weight-cap-220-lbs-set-of-4-black","title":"IsoAcoustics GAIA I Neo Speaker Isolators - Weight cap. 220 lbs - Set of 4 - Black","description":"\u003cdiv style=\"max-width:720px;margin:0 auto;padding:32px 24px 48px 24px;background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:0 0 0.35em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eHeight-Adjustable Isolation Feet for Floorstanders up to 220 Pounds\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eThe IsoAcoustics GAIA I Neo is sold as a set of four, in black or dark chrome, and every speaker takes one set. It carries a floorstanding speaker or subwoofer of up to 220 pounds. The feet screw into the inserts the factory spikes came out of, and the height adjusts once the speaker is in place.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eA floorstander pushes its own energy into the floor, and the floor pushes it back into the cabinet. IsoAcoustics designs the GAIA Neo to manage that energy inside the foot. The housing is fixed to the speaker, and only the lower isolator touches the floor.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eThe Second-Generation GAIA, Sized for the Heaviest Floorstanders\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size:1.05em;margin:0.9em 0 0.25em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eFit, Load and Materials\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eA set of four GAIA I Neo carries 220 pounds, so each foot handles 55. No minimum is published. A foot carrying far less than its rating never reaches its working range. A 90-pound speaker belongs on the GAIA II Neo and a 60-pound speaker on the GAIA III Neo. The \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/calculator.isoacoustics.com\/\" style=\"color:#8a5a2b;\"\u003eIsoAcoustics online weight selector\u003c\/a\u003e sorts this by weight.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eEach foot is 3 inches across and 2 inches tall, in a metal housing finished in black or dark chrome. Turning the lower ring moves it up to 0.34 inches, so you level the speaker once it is standing. Three thread adaptors are included: M12-1.25, M8-1.25 and 1\/4 inch-20. Other sizes: see the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/isoacoustics.com\/home-audio-isolation-products\/gaia-series\/gaia-thread-sizes\/\" style=\"color:#8a5a2b;\"\u003eGAIA thread-size guide\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eAn O-ring seats the housing flush against the speaker base. The lower isolator pivots to stay in full contact on a floor that is out of true. Floor sliders with felt pads come in the box, so the speaker slides into place on carpet or hardwood before you level it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eWhat Reviewers Are Saying\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003e\u003cem\u003ePopular Science\u003c\/em\u003e named the GAIA Neo speaker isolation feet a winner in its 2025 Audio Awards, with reviewer Tony Ware writing that they “rein in energy loss and unleash imaging.”\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eRick Becker reviewed the GAIA I Neo for \u003cem\u003eEnjoy the Music\u003c\/em\u003e and called the Neo “one of those upgrades that have no downsides”, noting that they also isolate the rest of the system from speaker vibration.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eWho Is the GAIA I Neo Best For?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;padding-left:1.4em;line-height:1.6;\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eYou own floorstanders of 120 to 220 pounds each\u003c\/strong\u003e — a set of four GAIA I Neo carries them inside the working range\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eYour floor is not perfectly level\u003c\/strong\u003e — the lower ring adjusts 0.34 inches per foot with the speaker in place, and the isolator pivots to stay in contact\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eYou move your speakers to tune the room\u003c\/strong\u003e — the included sliders let a 200-pound cabinet slide into position on carpet or hardwood\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eYou want the feet to look built in\u003c\/strong\u003e — the O-ring seats the housing flush to the base, in black or dark chrome to match the cabinet\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eYour speakers weigh less than 120 pounds each\u003c\/strong\u003e — the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.audioadvisor.com\/products\/isoacoustics-gaia-ii-neo-speaker-isolators-weight-cap-120-lbs-set-of-4\" style=\"color:#8a5a2b;\"\u003eGAIA II Neo\u003c\/a\u003e, rated 120 pounds a set, keeps a lighter cabinet inside its working range\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eHow Do You Set Them Up?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eUnscrew the factory spikes and match the thread. One side of the adaptor goes into the speaker and the other into the Neo housing. Screw each foot in until the O-ring seats flush, with the logo facing your seat. Set the sliders under the feet, push the speaker into position, then tilt one side at a time to remove them.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eTurn each lower ring to level the cabinet. On thick carpet, the matching carpet discs give each foot a solid surface to stand on. Check that the logos still face forward, and play.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003ePairs Well With\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eWhat most GAIA I Neo owners shop next.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;padding-left:1.4em;line-height:1.6;\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.audioadvisor.com\/collections\/speaker-stands\" style=\"color:#8a5a2b;\"\u003eSpeaker stands\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e — get the tweeters to ear height before you isolate\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.audioadvisor.com\/collections\/floor-carpet-protection-discs\" style=\"color:#8a5a2b;\"\u003eFloor and carpet protection discs\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e — a firm footing on carpet or a soft floor\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.audioadvisor.com\/collections\/speaker-cables\" style=\"color:#8a5a2b;\"\u003eSpeaker cables\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e — the next link in the chain after the speakers are settled\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.audioadvisor.com\/collections\/speakers\" style=\"color:#8a5a2b;\"\u003eSpeakers\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e — the bookshelf and desktop models these are made to sit under\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size:1.05em;margin:0.9em 0 0.25em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eHow many do I need?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eFour per speaker, one at each corner, matching the spikes they replace. The GAIA I Neo is sold as a set of four, so order one set per speaker or two for a stereo pair.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size:1.05em;margin:0.9em 0 0.25em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eWhich GAIA Neo fits my speakers?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eGo by the weight of one speaker: GAIA III Neo up to 70 pounds, GAIA II Neo up to 120, GAIA I Neo up to 220. The \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/calculator.isoacoustics.com\/\" style=\"color:#8a5a2b;\"\u003eIsoAcoustics online weight selector\u003c\/a\u003e settles borderline weights in a few seconds.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size:1.05em;margin:0.9em 0 0.25em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eWill they fit my speaker's threads?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eAdaptors for M12-1.25, M8-1.25 and 1\/4 inch-20 come in the box. If your speaker uses another size, IsoAcoustics supplies other adaptors. Its thread-size guide shows how to measure the insert.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size:1.05em;margin:0.9em 0 0.25em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eCan I use them on carpet?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eYes. The sliders in the box move the speaker into place on carpet. On thicker carpet or an underpad, IsoAcoustics recommends its \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.audioadvisor.com\/products\/isoacoustics-carpet-discs-for-gaia-i-neo-set-of-4-black\" style=\"color:#8a5a2b;\"\u003eGAIA I Neo carpet discs\u003c\/a\u003e, which give each foot a solid surface.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 1.25em; margin: 1.4em 0 0.35em 0; font-weight: 600;\"\u003eSee It in Action\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin: 0 0 0.5em 0; line-height: 1.55;\"\u003eIsoAcoustics walks a GAIA Neo installation end to end — unboxing, choosing the right threaded adapter, fitting the isolators and setting the final position:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ciframe width=\"100%\" height=\"360\" src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/pXZZCDHk70E\" title=\"The Official GAIA Neo Official Installation Video Guide\" style=\"border: 0; margin: 0 0 0.9em 0; display: block;\"\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eWhy Audio Advisor?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;padding-left:1.4em;line-height:1.6;\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e40+ Years of Expertise — Since 1981, we've helped over a million music lovers find the right gear.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e60-Day Money-Back Guarantee — Take your time. Listen, enjoy, and make sure it's right for you.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReal Experts, Real Help — Our team is here to answer your questions at 800-942-0220, weekdays 9am–6pm EST.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFree Shipping — On orders over $49, delivered to your door.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFlexible Payment Options — Financing available so you can start listening now.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eLearn More\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eWant to learn more about speaker placement, floor types, or vibration control? Visit our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.audioadvisor.com\/blogs\/learning-center\" style=\"color:#8a5a2b;\"\u003eLearning Center\u003c\/a\u003e for guides, tips, and expert advice.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"IsoAcoustics","offers":[{"title":"Black \/ New","offer_id":45982936760493,"sku":"NEW-IAGAIAINEODC-4S-BLK","price":874.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0750\/3708\/1773\/files\/IAGAIAINEODC-4S-BLK_01_4_pucks_2025__60751.1758289725.1280.1280_42a0c7e9-003b-4aa8-ad7c-3f359b3fa0ed.jpg?v=1778164488"},{"product_id":"isoacoustics-gaia-iii-speaker-isolators-each","title":"IsoAcoustics GAIA III Speaker Isolators - Each","description":"\u003cdiv style=\"max-width:720px;margin:0 auto;padding:32px 24px 48px 24px;background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:0 0 0.35em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eThe Compact GAIA for Floorstanders up to 70 Pounds\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eThe IsoAcoustics GAIA III is the smallest of the original GAIA isolators. It is sold here singly and as a set of four, and each speaker takes four. A set carries a floorstanding speaker or subwoofer of up to 70 pounds. The feet screw into the inserts the factory spikes came out of.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eA floorstander drives energy into the floor, and the floor sends it back up into the cabinet. IsoAcoustics designs the GAIA to manage that energy inside the foot. The housing is fixed to the speaker, and only the lower isolator touches the floor.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eThe Right Size for Slim Towers and Small Subwoofers\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size:1.05em;margin:0.9em 0 0.25em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eFit, Load and Materials\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eA set of four GAIA III carries 70 pounds, so each foot handles 17.5. No minimum is published. A foot carrying far less than its rating never settles into its working range. The GAIA III is the lightest GAIA rung. Heavier cabinets step up to the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.audioadvisor.com\/products\/isoacoustics-gaia-ii-speaker-isolator\" style=\"color:#8a5a2b;\"\u003eGAIA II\u003c\/a\u003e, and the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/calculator.isoacoustics.com\/\" style=\"color:#8a5a2b;\"\u003eIsoAcoustics online weight selector\u003c\/a\u003e sorts this by weight.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eEach GAIA III is 1.7 inches across and 1.5 inches tall. \u003cem\u003eHiFi Pig\u003c\/em\u003e describes a stainless steel body, dark chrome plated, over a molded rubber isolator. It replaces the spike or foot rather than sitting under it. Three thread adaptors come in the box: M6-1.0, M8-1.25 and 1\/4 inch-20.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eIf your speaker uses another thread, IsoAcoustics supplies other sizes. Its \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/isoacoustics.com\/home-audio-isolation-products\/gaia-series\/gaia-thread-sizes\/\" style=\"color:#8a5a2b;\"\u003eGAIA thread-size guide\u003c\/a\u003e explains how to measure. The lower isolator is made to grip a hard floor. On thick carpet, the matching carpet discs give each foot a solid surface.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eWhat Reviewers Are Saying\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eDan Worth reviewed the GAIA III for \u003cem\u003eHiFi Pig\u003c\/em\u003e. He wrote that “they allow the speakers to sound more tactile, resolute, spacious and natural, adding tone and timbre and increasing timing performance.”\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eArt Dudley put four GAIA III under the plinth of his Garrard 301 turntable. He told \u003cem\u003eStereophile\u003c\/em\u003e readers that “the difference I heard was beyond my expectations.”\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eWho Is the GAIA III Best For?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;padding-left:1.4em;line-height:1.6;\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eYou own slim floorstanders of 40 to 70 pounds each\u003c\/strong\u003e — four GAIA III per speaker carry them inside the working range\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eYour speakers have threaded spike inserts\u003c\/strong\u003e — the housing screws into the cabinet, so the foot moves with the speaker\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eYour floor is hardwood or tile\u003c\/strong\u003e — the lower isolator grips a hard surface without spikes marking it\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eYou have a compact subwoofer or a heavy turntable plinth\u003c\/strong\u003e — IsoAcoustics rates the GAIA III for subwoofers, and reviewers have used it under turntables\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eYour speakers weigh more than 70 pounds each\u003c\/strong\u003e — the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.audioadvisor.com\/products\/isoacoustics-gaia-ii-speaker-isolator\" style=\"color:#8a5a2b;\"\u003eGAIA II\u003c\/a\u003e carries 120 pounds a set\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eHow Do You Set Them Up?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eUnscrew the factory spikes and match the thread. One side of the adaptor goes into the speaker and the other into the GAIA housing. Thread each stud in at least four full turns. Turn the logo to face your seat, then tighten the locking nut against the speaker base.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eLift the speaker into place rather than sliding it, since the lower isolators grip the floor. On thick carpet, add a carpet disc under each foot. Level the cabinet, check that the logos face forward, and play.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003ePairs Well With\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eWhat most GAIA III owners shop next.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;padding-left:1.4em;line-height:1.6;\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.audioadvisor.com\/collections\/speaker-stands\" style=\"color:#8a5a2b;\"\u003eSpeaker stands\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e — get the tweeters to ear height before you isolate\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.audioadvisor.com\/collections\/floor-carpet-protection-discs\" style=\"color:#8a5a2b;\"\u003eFloor and carpet protection discs\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e — a firm footing on carpet or a soft floor\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.audioadvisor.com\/collections\/speaker-cables\" style=\"color:#8a5a2b;\"\u003eSpeaker cables\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e — the next link in the chain after the speakers are settled\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.audioadvisor.com\/collections\/speakers\" style=\"color:#8a5a2b;\"\u003eSpeakers\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e — the bookshelf and desktop models these are made to sit under\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size:1.05em;margin:0.9em 0 0.25em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eHow many do I need?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eFour per speaker, one at each corner, matching the spikes they replace. The GAIA III is sold singly and as a set of four. Order one set per speaker, or eight for a stereo pair.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size:1.05em;margin:0.9em 0 0.25em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eWhich GAIA fits my speakers?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eGo by the weight of one speaker: GAIA III up to 70 pounds, GAIA II up to 120, GAIA I up to 220. The \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/calculator.isoacoustics.com\/\" style=\"color:#8a5a2b;\"\u003eIsoAcoustics online weight selector\u003c\/a\u003e settles borderline weights.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size:1.05em;margin:0.9em 0 0.25em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eWill they fit my speaker's threads?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eAdaptors for M6-1.0, M8-1.25 and 1\/4 inch-20 come in the box. If your speaker uses another size, IsoAcoustics supplies other adaptors. Its thread-size guide shows how to measure the insert.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size:1.05em;margin:0.9em 0 0.25em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eCan I use them on carpet?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eYes. On low pile the lower isolator grips through the carpet. On thicker carpet or an underpad, IsoAcoustics recommends its \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.audioadvisor.com\/products\/isoacoustics-gaia-iii-carpet-disc-set-of-4\" style=\"color:#8a5a2b;\"\u003eGAIA III carpet discs\u003c\/a\u003e, which give each foot a solid surface.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 1.25em; margin: 1.4em 0 0.35em 0; font-weight: 600;\"\u003eSee It in Action\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin: 0 0 0.5em 0; line-height: 1.55;\"\u003eIsoAcoustics fits GAIA isolators to a floorstanding speaker, then covers moving the speaker into place and the carpet discs:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ciframe width=\"100%\" height=\"360\" src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/TOBFkdNOFzY\" title=\"How to Install \u0026amp; Setup IsoAcoustics GAIA Isolators on Audio Speakers - Hexnut Version\" style=\"border: 0; margin: 0 0 0.9em 0; display: block;\"\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eWhy Audio Advisor?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;padding-left:1.4em;line-height:1.6;\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e40+ Years of Expertise — Since 1981, we've helped over a million music lovers find the right gear.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e60-Day Money-Back Guarantee — Take your time. Listen, enjoy, and make sure it's right for you.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReal Experts, Real Help — Our team is here to answer your questions at 800-942-0220, weekdays 9am–6pm EST.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFree Shipping — On orders over $49, delivered to your door.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFlexible Payment Options — Financing available so you can start listening now.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eLearn More\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eWant to learn more about speaker placement, floor types, or vibration control? Visit our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.audioadvisor.com\/blogs\/learning-center\" style=\"color:#8a5a2b;\"\u003eLearning Center\u003c\/a\u003e for guides, tips, and expert advice.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"IsoAcoustics","offers":[{"title":"Each \/ New","offer_id":45983037292717,"sku":"NEW-IAGAIAIII-1","price":69.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0750\/3708\/1773\/files\/IAGAIAIII_4_02-Large__13039.1730316193.1280.1280.jpg?v=1778144730"},{"product_id":"isoacoustics-gaia-b-w-adapter-plate-round-for-b-w-nautilus-and-diamond-series-speakers-set-of-4","title":"IsoAcoustics GAIA B\u0026W adapter plate (Round) for B\u0026W Nautilus and Diamond series speakers (Set of 4)","description":"\u003cdiv style=\"max-width:720px;margin:0 auto;padding:32px 24px 48px 24px;background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:0 0 0.35em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eThe Plate That Lets a GAIA Screw Into a B\u0026amp;W Nautilus or Diamond\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eThe IsoAcoustics GAIA B\u0026amp;W Adapter Plate is sold as a set of four. It replaces the ball casters on Bowers \u0026amp; Wilkins Nautilus and Diamond series speakers and gives each corner an M12-1.25 threaded hole, so a GAIA isolator can be fitted where no spike insert exists.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eIsoAcoustics lists the 800 D, 801 Nautilus, 801 D, 802 D2, 802 Nautilus, 802 D and the CT8 CC, DS and LR as compatible. The D3 and D4 generations use a different plate that we do not carry.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eFour Stainless Plates, One Thread Size\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size:1.05em;margin:0.9em 0 0.25em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eFit, Load and Materials\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eEach plate is stainless steel, 2.6 inches across and 0.5 inches thick, and mounts with the speaker's own caster fasteners. The threaded hole is M12-1.25. That thread adaptor is included with the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.audioadvisor.com\/products\/isoacoustics-gaia-i-speaker-isolators\" style=\"color:#8a5a2b;\"\u003eGAIA I\u003c\/a\u003e and sold separately for the GAIA Titan models, so check which isolator the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/calculator.isoacoustics.com\/\" style=\"color:#8a5a2b;\"\u003eIsoAcoustics online weight selector\u003c\/a\u003e recommends for your speaker before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eHow Do You Fit Them?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eLay the speaker down safely and remove the four ball casters. Bolt a plate to each corner with the fasteners that held the casters. Screw the M12-1.25 stud into each plate, thread on the GAIA, turn the logo toward your seat and tighten the locking nut. Stand the speaker up, level it, and play.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size:1.05em;margin:0.9em 0 0.25em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eHow many do I need?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eFour per speaker, one at each caster position. The plates come in a set of four, so order one set per speaker or two for a stereo pair. The GAIA isolators are sold separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size:1.05em;margin:0.9em 0 0.25em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eWhich GAIA goes with these plates?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eIt depends on the weight of your speaker. The GAIA I carries 220 pounds a set and the Titan models go higher. The IsoAcoustics online weight selector names the model for each B\u0026amp;W speaker.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size:1.05em;margin:0.9em 0 0.25em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eWill they fit my 800 series D3 or D4?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eThese round plates fit the Nautilus and Diamond generations listed above. IsoAcoustics makes a separate D3\/D4 plate for the newer speakers, which we do not stock.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eWhy Audio Advisor?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;padding-left:1.4em;line-height:1.6;\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e40+ Years of Expertise — Since 1981, we've helped over a million music lovers find the right gear.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e60-Day Money-Back Guarantee — Take your time. Listen, enjoy, and make sure it's right for you.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReal Experts, Real Help — Our team is here to answer your questions at 800-942-0220, weekdays 9am–6pm EST.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFree Shipping — On orders over $49, delivered to your door.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFlexible Payment Options — Financing available so you can start listening now.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eLearn More\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eWant to learn more about speaker placement, floor types, or vibration control? Visit our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.audioadvisor.com\/blogs\/learning-center\" style=\"color:#8a5a2b;\"\u003eLearning Center\u003c\/a\u003e for guides, tips, and expert advice.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"IsoAcoustics","offers":[{"title":"New","offer_id":45983165808813,"sku":"NEW-IAGABW","price":74.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0750\/3708\/1773\/files\/IAGABW_01-Large__21365.1730312751.1280.1280_48c16372-37e2-4443-bb95-5bcfc42e00ca.jpg?v=1778116213"},{"product_id":"isoacoustics-gaia-titan-theis-speaker-isolators-set-of-4","title":"IsoAcoustics GAIA Titan Theis Speaker Isolators - Set of 4","description":"\u003cdiv style=\"max-width:720px;margin:0 auto;padding:32px 24px 48px 24px;background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:0 0 0.35em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eThreaded Isolation Feet for Speakers up to 320 Pounds\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eThe IsoAcoustics GAIA Titan Theis is sold as a set of four, and every speaker takes one set. It is the entry point to the Titan range, built for floorstanding speakers and subwoofers of up to 320 pounds. The feet screw into the inserts the factory spikes came out of.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eA big floorstander drives a great deal of energy into the floor, and the floor sends it back into the cabinet. IsoAcoustics designs the GAIA Titan to manage that energy inside the foot. The housing is fixed to the speaker, and only the lower isolator touches the floor.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eBuilt for the Cabinets a Standard GAIA Cannot Carry\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size:1.05em;margin:0.9em 0 0.25em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eFit, Load and Materials\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eA set of four Titan Theis carries 320 pounds, so each foot handles 80. No minimum is published. A foot carrying far less than its rating never reaches its working range, so a 200-pound speaker belongs on the GAIA I. The \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/calculator.isoacoustics.com\/\" style=\"color:#8a5a2b;\"\u003eIsoAcoustics online weight selector\u003c\/a\u003e names the right model for any speaker weight.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eEach foot is 2.75 inches across and 2 inches tall, in a machined stainless steel housing. It replaces the spike or foot rather than sitting under it, so the change in height depends on the spike that came out. Three thread adaptors are included: 1\/2 inch-13, M8-1.25 and M14-2.0.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eIf your speaker uses another thread, IsoAcoustics supplies other sizes, and its \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/isoacoustics.com\/home-audio-isolation-products\/gaia-series\/gaia-thread-sizes\/\" style=\"color:#8a5a2b;\"\u003eGAIA thread-size guide\u003c\/a\u003e explains how to measure. The lower isolator grips a hard floor. On thick carpet, the matching Titan Theis carpet spikes give it a solid surface to stand on.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eWhat Reviewers Are Saying\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eTheo Nicolakis ran the GAIA Titan Theis under his RBH speakers for \u003cem\u003eAudioholics\u003c\/em\u003e. He wrote: “In every instance the GAIA isolators improved the top to bottom performance of my two reference setups.”\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003e\u003cem\u003eStereophile\u003c\/em\u003e lists the GAIA-Titan Theis in its Recommended Components for 2025, its twice-yearly roundup of gear its own reviewers have used and stand behind.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eWho Is the GAIA Titan Theis Best For?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;padding-left:1.4em;line-height:1.6;\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eYou own floorstanders of 220 to 320 pounds each\u003c\/strong\u003e — a set of four Titan Theis carries them inside the working range\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eYour speakers have threaded spike inserts\u003c\/strong\u003e — the housing screws into the cabinet, so the foot moves with the speaker\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eYour floor is hardwood, tile or concrete\u003c\/strong\u003e — the lower isolator grips a hard surface without spikes marking it\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eYou run a very large subwoofer\u003c\/strong\u003e — IsoAcoustics rates the Titan Theis for subwoofers as well as speakers, up to the same 320 pounds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eYour speakers weigh less than 220 pounds each\u003c\/strong\u003e — the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.audioadvisor.com\/products\/isoacoustics-gaia-i-speaker-isolators\" style=\"color:#8a5a2b;\"\u003eGAIA I\u003c\/a\u003e, rated 220 pounds a set, keeps a lighter cabinet inside its working range\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eHow Do You Set Them Up?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eUnscrew the factory spikes and match the thread. One side of the adaptor goes into the speaker and the other into the Titan housing. Thread each stud in at least four full turns. Turn the logo to face your seat, then tighten the locking nut against the base of the speaker.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eLift the speaker into place rather than sliding it, since the lower isolators grip the floor. On thick carpet, set a carpet spike disc under each foot. Level the cabinet, check that the logos face forward, and play.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003ePairs Well With\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eWhat most GAIA Titan Theis owners shop next.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;padding-left:1.4em;line-height:1.6;\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.audioadvisor.com\/collections\/speaker-stands\" style=\"color:#8a5a2b;\"\u003eSpeaker stands\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e — get the tweeters to ear height before you isolate\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.audioadvisor.com\/collections\/floor-carpet-protection-discs\" style=\"color:#8a5a2b;\"\u003eFloor and carpet protection discs\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e — a firm footing on carpet or a soft floor\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.audioadvisor.com\/collections\/speaker-cables\" style=\"color:#8a5a2b;\"\u003eSpeaker cables\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e — the next link in the chain after the speakers are settled\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.audioadvisor.com\/collections\/speakers\" style=\"color:#8a5a2b;\"\u003eSpeakers\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e — the bookshelf and desktop models these are made to sit under\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size:1.05em;margin:0.9em 0 0.25em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eHow many do I need?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eFour per speaker, one at each corner, matching the spikes they replace. The Titan Theis is sold as a set of four, so order one set per speaker or two for a stereo pair.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size:1.05em;margin:0.9em 0 0.25em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eWhich GAIA fits my speakers?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eGo by the weight of one speaker: GAIA III up to 70 pounds, GAIA II up to 120, GAIA I up to 220, Titan Theis up to 320. IsoAcoustics makes heavier Titan models above that. The \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/calculator.isoacoustics.com\/\" style=\"color:#8a5a2b;\"\u003eIsoAcoustics online weight selector\u003c\/a\u003e settles borderline weights.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size:1.05em;margin:0.9em 0 0.25em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eWill they fit my speaker's threads?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eAdaptors for 1\/2 inch-13, M8-1.25 and M14-2.0 come in the box. If your speaker uses another size, IsoAcoustics supplies other adaptors. Its thread-size guide shows how to measure the insert.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size:1.05em;margin:0.9em 0 0.25em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eCan I use them on carpet?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eYes. On low pile the lower isolator grips through the carpet. On thicker carpet or an underpad, IsoAcoustics recommends its \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.audioadvisor.com\/products\/isoacoustics-carpet-spikes-for-gaia-titan-theis-set-of-4\" style=\"color:#8a5a2b;\"\u003eTitan Theis carpet spikes\u003c\/a\u003e, which give each foot a solid surface.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 1.25em; margin: 1.4em 0 0.35em 0; font-weight: 600;\"\u003eSee It in Action\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin: 0 0 0.5em 0; line-height: 1.55;\"\u003eIsoAcoustics fits GAIA isolators to a floorstanding speaker, then covers moving the speaker into place and the carpet discs:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ciframe width=\"100%\" height=\"360\" src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/TOBFkdNOFzY\" title=\"How to Install \u0026amp; Setup IsoAcoustics GAIA Isolators on Audio Speakers - Hexnut Version\" style=\"border: 0; margin: 0 0 0.9em 0; display: block;\"\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eWhy Audio Advisor?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;padding-left:1.4em;line-height:1.6;\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e40+ Years of Expertise — Since 1981, we've helped over a million music lovers find the right gear.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e60-Day Money-Back Guarantee — Take your time. Listen, enjoy, and make sure it's right for you.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReal Experts, Real Help — Our team is here to answer your questions at 800-942-0220, weekdays 9am–6pm EST.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFree Shipping — On orders over $49, delivered to your door.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFlexible Payment Options — Financing available so you can start listening now.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eLearn More\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eWant to learn more about speaker placement, floor types, or vibration control? Visit our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.audioadvisor.com\/blogs\/learning-center\" style=\"color:#8a5a2b;\"\u003eLearning Center\u003c\/a\u003e for guides, tips, and expert advice.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"IsoAcoustics","offers":[{"title":"New","offer_id":45983167807661,"sku":"NEW-IATITTHE-4S","price":919.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0750\/3708\/1773\/files\/IATITTHE_4_02-Large__32694.1730359736.1280.1280_d66e9b83-a210-44f3-87a0-eeecd2ce2e60.jpg?v=1778118652"},{"product_id":"isoacoustics-gaia-ii-neo-speaker-isolators-weight-cap-120-lbs-set-of-4-dark-chrome","title":"IsoAcoustics GAIA II Neo Speaker Isolators - Weight cap. 120 lbs - Set of 4 - Dark Chrome","description":"\u003cdiv style=\"max-width:720px;margin:0 auto;padding:32px 24px 48px 24px;background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:0 0 0.35em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eThe Mid-Size GAIA Neo, with Height Adjustment Built In\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eThe IsoAcoustics GAIA II Neo is sold as a set of four, in black or dark chrome, and every speaker takes one set. It carries a floorstanding speaker or subwoofer of up to 120 pounds. The feet screw into the inserts the factory spikes came out of, and the height adjusts once the speaker is in place.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eA floorstander pushes its own energy into the floor, and the floor pushes it back into the cabinet. IsoAcoustics designs the GAIA Neo to manage that energy inside the foot. The housing is fixed to the speaker, and only the lower isolator touches the floor.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eThe Second-Generation GAIA, Sized for Everyday Floorstanders\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size:1.05em;margin:0.9em 0 0.25em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eFit, Load and Materials\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eA set of four GAIA II Neo carries 120 pounds, so each foot handles 30. No minimum is published. A foot carrying far less than its rating never reaches its working range. A 150-pound speaker belongs on the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.audioadvisor.com\/products\/isoacoustics-gaia-i-neo-speaker-isolators-weight-cap-220-lbs-set-of-4\" style=\"color:#8a5a2b;\"\u003eGAIA I Neo\u003c\/a\u003e and a 60-pound speaker on the GAIA III Neo. The \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/calculator.isoacoustics.com\/\" style=\"color:#8a5a2b;\"\u003eIsoAcoustics online weight selector\u003c\/a\u003e sorts this by weight.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eEach foot is 2.6 inches across and 2 inches tall, in a metal housing finished in black or dark chrome. Turning the lower ring moves it up to 0.34 inches, so you level the speaker once it is standing. Three thread adaptors are included: M8-1.25, M6-1.0 and 1\/4 inch-20. Other sizes: see the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/isoacoustics.com\/home-audio-isolation-products\/gaia-series\/gaia-thread-sizes\/\" style=\"color:#8a5a2b;\"\u003eGAIA thread-size guide\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eAn O-ring seats the housing flush against the speaker base. The lower isolator pivots to stay in full contact on a floor that is out of true. Floor sliders with felt pads come in the box, so the speaker slides into place on carpet or hardwood before you level it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eWhat Reviewers Are Saying\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003e\u003cem\u003ePopular Science\u003c\/em\u003e named the GAIA Neo speaker isolation feet a winner in its 2025 Audio Awards, with reviewer Tony Ware writing that they “rein in energy loss and unleash imaging.”\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eWho Is the GAIA II Neo Best For?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;padding-left:1.4em;line-height:1.6;\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eYou own floorstanders of 70 to 120 pounds each\u003c\/strong\u003e — a set of four GAIA II Neo carries them inside the working range\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eYour floor is not perfectly level\u003c\/strong\u003e — the lower ring adjusts 0.34 inches per foot with the speaker in place, and the isolator pivots to stay in contact\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eYou move your speakers to tune the room\u003c\/strong\u003e — the included sliders let the cabinet slide into position on carpet or hardwood\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eYou want the feet to look built in\u003c\/strong\u003e — the O-ring seats the housing flush to the base, in black or dark chrome to match the cabinet\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eYour speakers weigh more than 120 pounds each\u003c\/strong\u003e — the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.audioadvisor.com\/products\/isoacoustics-gaia-i-neo-speaker-isolators-weight-cap-220-lbs-set-of-4\" style=\"color:#8a5a2b;\"\u003eGAIA I Neo\u003c\/a\u003e carries 220 pounds a set\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eHow Do You Set Them Up?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eUnscrew the factory spikes and match the thread. One side of the adaptor goes into the speaker and the other into the Neo housing. Screw each foot in until the O-ring seats flush, with the logo facing your seat. Set the sliders under the feet, push the speaker into position, then tilt one side at a time to remove them.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eTurn each lower ring to level the cabinet. On thick carpet, the matching carpet discs give each foot a solid surface to stand on. Check that the logos still face forward, and play.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003ePairs Well With\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eWhat most GAIA II Neo owners shop next.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;padding-left:1.4em;line-height:1.6;\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.audioadvisor.com\/collections\/speaker-stands\" style=\"color:#8a5a2b;\"\u003eSpeaker stands\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e — get the tweeters to ear height before you isolate\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.audioadvisor.com\/collections\/floor-carpet-protection-discs\" style=\"color:#8a5a2b;\"\u003eFloor and carpet protection discs\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e — a firm footing on carpet or a soft floor\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.audioadvisor.com\/collections\/speaker-cables\" style=\"color:#8a5a2b;\"\u003eSpeaker cables\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e — the next link in the chain after the speakers are settled\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.audioadvisor.com\/collections\/speakers\" style=\"color:#8a5a2b;\"\u003eSpeakers\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e — the bookshelf and desktop models these are made to sit under\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size:1.05em;margin:0.9em 0 0.25em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eHow many do I need?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eFour per speaker, one at each corner, matching the spikes they replace. The GAIA II Neo is sold as a set of four, so order one set per speaker or two for a stereo pair.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size:1.05em;margin:0.9em 0 0.25em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eWhich GAIA Neo fits my speakers?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eGo by the weight of one speaker: GAIA III Neo up to 70 pounds, GAIA II Neo up to 120, GAIA I Neo up to 220. The \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/calculator.isoacoustics.com\/\" style=\"color:#8a5a2b;\"\u003eIsoAcoustics online weight selector\u003c\/a\u003e settles borderline weights in a few seconds.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size:1.05em;margin:0.9em 0 0.25em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eWill they fit my speaker's threads?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eAdaptors for M8-1.25, M6-1.0 and 1\/4 inch-20 come in the box. If your speaker uses another size, IsoAcoustics supplies other adaptors. Its thread-size guide shows how to measure the insert.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size:1.05em;margin:0.9em 0 0.25em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eCan I use them on carpet?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eYes. The sliders in the box move the speaker into place on carpet. On thicker carpet or an underpad, IsoAcoustics recommends its \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.audioadvisor.com\/products\/isoacoustics-carpet-discs-for-gaia-ii-neo-set-of-4-black\" style=\"color:#8a5a2b;\"\u003eGAIA II Neo carpet discs\u003c\/a\u003e, which give each foot a solid surface.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 1.25em; margin: 1.4em 0 0.35em 0; font-weight: 600;\"\u003eSee It in Action\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin: 0 0 0.5em 0; line-height: 1.55;\"\u003eIsoAcoustics walks a GAIA Neo installation end to end — unboxing, choosing the right threaded adapter, fitting the isolators and setting the final position:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ciframe width=\"100%\" height=\"360\" src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/pXZZCDHk70E\" title=\"The Official GAIA Neo Official Installation Video Guide\" style=\"border: 0; margin: 0 0 0.9em 0; display: block;\"\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eWhy Audio Advisor?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;padding-left:1.4em;line-height:1.6;\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e40+ Years of Expertise — Since 1981, we've helped over a million music lovers find the right gear.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e60-Day Money-Back Guarantee — Take your time. Listen, enjoy, and make sure it's right for you.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReal Experts, Real Help — Our team is here to answer your questions at 800-942-0220, weekdays 9am–6pm EST.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFree Shipping — On orders over $49, delivered to your door.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFlexible Payment Options — Financing available so you can start listening now.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eLearn More\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eWant to learn more about speaker placement, floor types, or vibration control? Visit our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.audioadvisor.com\/blogs\/learning-center\" style=\"color:#8a5a2b;\"\u003eLearning Center\u003c\/a\u003e for guides, tips, and expert advice.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"IsoAcoustics","offers":[{"title":"Dark Chrome \/ New","offer_id":45983222923437,"sku":"NEW-IAGAIAIINEO-4S-DC","price":519.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0750\/3708\/1773\/files\/IAGAIAIINEO-4S-DC_01_front_set4_2025__80476.1760375543.1280.1280_0f375566-439a-4db7-9009-64e4e1dddd41.jpg?v=1778164531"},{"product_id":"salamander-synergy-stiletto-feet-set-of-4-black","title":"Salamander Synergy Stiletto Feet - Set of 4 - Black","description":"\u003ch4\u003eStylish Machined Aluminum Feet for Synergy\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp align=\"justify\"\u003eSalamander Stiletto Feet are made of precision-machined solid aluminum to create a sleek, finished look. They provide an additional five inches in height and are available in sets of four or six to easily fit any Synergy unit. Weight capacity is 400 lbs. The package includes feet, hardware, hex key wrench, and protective pads. Choose aluminum or black anodized finish.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Salamander","offers":[{"title":"Black \/ 4 Set \/ New","offer_id":45983269748909,"sku":"NEW-SMSASF-BLK-4S","price":169.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0750\/3708\/1773\/files\/SMSASF_4BLK_01-Large__33157.1703708439.1280.1280_bf11a9df-6900-4e30-975b-0efb8c9e559d.jpg?v=1778102791"},{"product_id":"isoacoustics-gaia-ii-speaker-isolator-each","title":"IsoAcoustics GAIA II Speaker Isolator - Each","description":"\u003cdiv style=\"max-width:720px;margin:0 auto;padding:32px 24px 48px 24px;background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:0 0 0.35em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eThe Mid-Size GAIA for Floorstanders up to 120 Pounds\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eThe IsoAcoustics GAIA II is the middle model of the original GAIA range. It is sold here singly and as a set of four, and each speaker takes four. A set carries a floorstanding speaker or subwoofer of up to 120 pounds. The feet thread into the inserts the factory spikes came out of.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eEvery floorstander pushes energy into the floor, and the floor pushes it back into the cabinet. IsoAcoustics designs the GAIA to manage that energy inside the foot. The housing is fixed to the speaker, and only the lower isolator touches the floor.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eSized for the Floorstanders Most Living Rooms Actually Hold\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size:1.05em;margin:0.9em 0 0.25em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eFit, Load and Materials\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eA set of four GAIA II carries 120 pounds, so each foot handles 30. No minimum is published. A foot carrying far less than its rating never settles into its working range. A 60-pound speaker belongs on the GAIA III and a 150-pound speaker on the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.audioadvisor.com\/products\/isoacoustics-gaia-i-speaker-isolators\" style=\"color:#8a5a2b;\"\u003eGAIA I\u003c\/a\u003e. The \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/calculator.isoacoustics.com\/\" style=\"color:#8a5a2b;\"\u003eIsoAcoustics online weight selector\u003c\/a\u003e sorts this by weight.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eEach GAIA II is 2 inches across and 1.7 inches tall, in a machined dark chrome metal housing. It replaces the spike or foot rather than sitting under it. The change in height depends on what came out. Three thread adaptors are included: M6-1.0, M8-1.25 and 1\/4 inch-20.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eIf your speaker uses another thread, IsoAcoustics supplies other sizes. Its \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/isoacoustics.com\/home-audio-isolation-products\/gaia-series\/gaia-thread-sizes\/\" style=\"color:#8a5a2b;\"\u003eGAIA thread-size guide\u003c\/a\u003e explains how to measure. The lower isolator is made to grip a hard floor. On thick carpet, the matching carpet discs give it a solid surface to stand on.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eWhat Reviewers Are Saying\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eBob Barrett ran GAIA II under his speakers for \u003cem\u003eHomeTheaterReview\u003c\/em\u003e. He wrote: “With every track, I consistently heard tighter bass and lower midrange, with greater focus and depth.”\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eCarlo Lo Rasso reviewed the GAIA II for \u003cem\u003eSecrets of Home Theater and High Fidelity\u003c\/em\u003e. He found them “a noticeable and positive improvement in the sonic performance of the Revel F228Be.”\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003e\u003cem\u003eHi-Fi Choice\u003c\/em\u003e gave the GAIA II a five-star review in 2017, and \u003cem\u003eStereophile\u003c\/em\u003e named the GAIA and OREA isolation feet its Accessory of 2019.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eWho Is the GAIA II Best For?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;padding-left:1.4em;line-height:1.6;\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eYou own floorstanders of 70 to 120 pounds each\u003c\/strong\u003e — four GAIA II per speaker carry them inside the working range\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eYour speakers have threaded spike inserts\u003c\/strong\u003e — the housing screws into the cabinet, so the foot moves with the speaker\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eYour floor is hardwood, tile or laminate\u003c\/strong\u003e — the lower isolator grips a hard surface without spikes marking it\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eYou run a mid-size subwoofer\u003c\/strong\u003e — IsoAcoustics rates the GAIA II for subwoofers up to 120 pounds as well as speakers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eYour speakers weigh more than 120 pounds each\u003c\/strong\u003e — the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.audioadvisor.com\/products\/isoacoustics-gaia-i-speaker-isolators\" style=\"color:#8a5a2b;\"\u003eGAIA I\u003c\/a\u003e carries 220 pounds a set\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eHow Do You Set Them Up?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eUnscrew the factory spikes and match the thread. One side of the adaptor goes into the speaker and the other into the GAIA housing. Thread each stud in at least four full turns. Turn the logo to face your seat, then tighten the locking nut against the base of the speaker.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eLift the speaker into place rather than sliding it, because the lower isolators grip the floor. On thick carpet, set a carpet disc under each foot. Level the cabinet, check that the logos face forward, and play.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003ePairs Well With\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eWhat most GAIA II owners shop next.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;padding-left:1.4em;line-height:1.6;\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.audioadvisor.com\/collections\/speaker-stands\" style=\"color:#8a5a2b;\"\u003eSpeaker stands\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e — get the tweeters to ear height before you isolate\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.audioadvisor.com\/collections\/floor-carpet-protection-discs\" style=\"color:#8a5a2b;\"\u003eFloor and carpet protection discs\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e — a firm footing on carpet or a soft floor\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.audioadvisor.com\/collections\/speaker-cables\" style=\"color:#8a5a2b;\"\u003eSpeaker cables\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e — the next link in the chain after the speakers are settled\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.audioadvisor.com\/collections\/speakers\" style=\"color:#8a5a2b;\"\u003eSpeakers\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e — the bookshelf and desktop models these are made to sit under\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size:1.05em;margin:0.9em 0 0.25em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eHow many do I need?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eFour per speaker, one at each corner, matching the spikes they replace. The GAIA II is sold singly and as a set of four. Order one set per speaker, or eight for a stereo pair.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size:1.05em;margin:0.9em 0 0.25em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eWhich GAIA fits my speakers?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eGo by the weight of one speaker: GAIA III up to 70 pounds, GAIA II up to 120, GAIA I up to 220. The \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/calculator.isoacoustics.com\/\" style=\"color:#8a5a2b;\"\u003eIsoAcoustics online weight selector\u003c\/a\u003e settles borderline weights in a few seconds.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size:1.05em;margin:0.9em 0 0.25em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eWill they fit my speaker's threads?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eAdaptors for M6-1.0, M8-1.25 and 1\/4 inch-20 come in the box. If your speaker uses another size, IsoAcoustics supplies other adaptors. Its thread-size guide shows how to measure the insert.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size:1.05em;margin:0.9em 0 0.25em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eCan I use them on carpet?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eYes. On low pile the lower isolator grips through the carpet. On thicker carpet or an underpad, IsoAcoustics recommends its \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.audioadvisor.com\/products\/isoacoustics-gaia-ii-carpet-disc-set-of-4\" style=\"color:#8a5a2b;\"\u003eGAIA II carpet discs\u003c\/a\u003e, which give each foot a solid surface.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size:1.05em;margin:0.9em 0 0.25em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eHow much height do they add?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eEach GAIA II stands 1.7 inches tall. It replaces the spike or foot rather than stacking on it, so the net change depends on the spike that came out. Measure before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eSee It in Action\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.5em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eIsoAcoustics fits GAIA II to a pair of PSB Imagine T3 floorstanders and shows the thread adaptors and the locking nut in use:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ciframe width=\"100%\" height=\"360\" src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/PGrpfzvHR70\" title=\"How to Install IsoAcoustics GAIA II on PSB T3 Speakers - IsoAcoustics\" style=\"border:0;margin:0 0 0.9em 0;display:block;\" allowfullscreen\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eWhy Audio Advisor?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;padding-left:1.4em;line-height:1.6;\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e40+ Years of Expertise — Since 1981, we've helped over a million music lovers find the right gear.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e60-Day Money-Back Guarantee — Take your time. Listen, enjoy, and make sure it's right for you.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReal Experts, Real Help — Our team is here to answer your questions at 800-942-0220, weekdays 9am–6pm EST.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFree Shipping — On orders over $49, delivered to your door.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFlexible Payment Options — Financing available so you can start listening now.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eLearn More\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eWant to learn more about speaker placement, floor types, or vibration control? Visit our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.audioadvisor.com\/blogs\/learning-center\" style=\"color:#8a5a2b;\"\u003eLearning Center\u003c\/a\u003e for guides, tips, and expert advice.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"IsoAcoustics","offers":[{"title":"Each \/ New","offer_id":45983275188397,"sku":"NEW-IAGAIAII-1","price":104.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0750\/3708\/1773\/files\/IAGAIAII-1_01_front_2024__85230.1732635199.1280.1280_ad5d31ff-be56-4039-9402-b135ecffc1f0.jpg?v=1778159399"},{"product_id":"isoacoustics-orea-bordeaux-isolation-puck-each","title":"IsoAcoustics OREA Bordeaux Isolation Puck - Each","description":"\u003cdiv style=\"max-width:720px;margin:0 auto;padding:32px 24px 48px 24px;background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:0 0 0.35em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eThe Heavy-Duty OREA for Power Amplifiers and Big Turntables\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eThe IsoAcoustics OREA Bordeaux is sold singly. Each puck carries 32 pounds. Three or four support a power amp, a monoblock, a heavy turntable or a big integrated weighing between about 48 and 128 pounds.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eHeavy gear both makes and receives vibration. A big transformer hums, the speakers shake the floor, and both reach the chassis through the shelf. IsoAcoustics designs the OREA to soak up that energy inside the puck rather than let it travel upward.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eThe Top of the OREA Ladder, Rated by Load, Not by Quality\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size:1.05em;margin:0.9em 0 0.25em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eFit, Load and Materials\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eEach Bordeaux carries up to 32 pounds. IsoAcoustics says to use at least three under a component, and three or four is typical. Three carry 96 pounds, four carry 128 and six carry 192. No minimum is published. A barely loaded puck never reaches its working range, so a 20-pound preamp belongs on the Indigo.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eThe housing is machined stainless steel with a bordeaux ring on the lower isolator. Each puck is 2.6 inches across and 1.4 inches tall, the largest in the family. Under a hot amplifier that height helps airflow, and it eats shelf clearance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eThe dished top grips a smooth chassis like a suction cup and holds textured surfaces by friction. The pucks are built for a rack shelf, an amp stand or the floor. For anything heavier than four pucks carry, the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/calculator.isoacoustics.com\/\" style=\"color:#8a5a2b;\"\u003eIsoAcoustics online weight selector\u003c\/a\u003e shows how many to add.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eWhat Reviewers Are Saying\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003e\u003cem\u003eStereophile\u003c\/em\u003e lists the OREA Bordeaux in its Recommended Components for 2025. The list is the magazine's twice-yearly roundup of gear its own reviewers have used and stand behind.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eArt Dudley placed OREA Bordeaux pucks under his turntable plinth for \u003cem\u003eStereophile\u003c\/em\u003e and wrote that the mandolin on a favorite record “had more body and an altogether richer timbral character.”\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eWho Is the OREA Bordeaux Best For?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;padding-left:1.4em;line-height:1.6;\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eYou own a power amp or integrated of 48 to 128 pounds\u003c\/strong\u003e — three or four Bordeaux pucks carry it inside their working range\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eYou run a heavy turntable\u003c\/strong\u003e — the pucks replace the plinth feet, and the 2.6-inch footprint gives a wide plinth a stable footing\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eYou have monoblocks on the floor or on stands\u003c\/strong\u003e — sold singly, so three under each amplifier with no set to split\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eYour amplifier runs hot\u003c\/strong\u003e — 1.4 inches of added height keeps air moving under the chassis on a closed shelf\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eYour component weighs less than about 48 pounds\u003c\/strong\u003e — the OREA Indigo, rated 16 pounds a puck, keeps a lighter amplifier inside its working range\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eHow Do You Set Them Up?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eSet three or four pucks where the chassis, not the stock feet, will land: two at the front and one behind, or one under each corner. Lower the amp and press so each flange seats. Under a speaker, face the logo forward. Level a turntable after the pucks are loaded. Load them and listen.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003ePairs Well With\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eWhat most OREA Bordeaux owners shop next.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;padding-left:1.4em;line-height:1.6;\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.audioadvisor.com\/collections\/audio-racks\" style=\"color:#8a5a2b;\"\u003eAudio racks\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e — a rigid, level shelf gives the pucks a firm grip\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.audioadvisor.com\/collections\/power-conditioners\" style=\"color:#8a5a2b;\"\u003ePower conditioners\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e — cleaner power for the gear you are isolating\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.audioadvisor.com\/collections\/isolation-feet-and-cones\" style=\"color:#8a5a2b;\"\u003eIsolation feet and cones\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e — the other rungs for the rest of the rack\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.audioadvisor.com\/collections\/cables\" style=\"color:#8a5a2b;\"\u003eCables\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e — the natural next upgrade for an isolated source\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size:1.05em;margin:0.9em 0 0.25em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eHow many do I need?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eThree is the minimum IsoAcoustics recommends under any component, and four is common. Three Bordeaux carry 96 pounds, four carry 128 and six carry 192. They are sold singly, so order that count.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size:1.05em;margin:0.9em 0 0.25em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eWhich OREA model fits my component?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eChoose by weight: Graphite 4 pounds a puck, Bronze 8, Indigo 16, Bordeaux 32. Overloaded or barely loaded, a puck sits outside its working range. The \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/calculator.isoacoustics.com\/\" style=\"color:#8a5a2b;\"\u003eIsoAcoustics online weight selector\u003c\/a\u003e settles borderline weights.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size:1.05em;margin:0.9em 0 0.25em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eCan I use them under a floorstanding speaker?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eYes. Face the IsoAcoustics logo forward, in line with the drivers, and confirm the count for the speaker's weight with the selector. For speakers that take screw-in feet, IsoAcoustics also makes the threaded GAIA.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size:1.05em;margin:0.9em 0 0.25em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eHow much height does it add under my amplifier?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eEach Bordeaux is 1.4 inches tall and 2.6 inches across. It takes the place of the stock feet, so the net change is usually about an inch. Measure the gap above the amp first.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eSee It in Action\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.5em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eIsoAcoustics shows how the four OREA models are sized, the Bordeaux being the heaviest rung, and how the pucks are placed under a component:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ciframe width=\"100%\" height=\"360\" src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/GgJhIfecGBk\" title=\"IsoAcoustics OREA Series Overview. Isolators for Audio Components and Speakers. - IsoAcoustics\" style=\"border:0;margin:0 0 0.9em 0;display:block;\" allowfullscreen\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eWhy Audio Advisor?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;padding-left:1.4em;line-height:1.6;\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e40+ Years of Expertise — Since 1981, we've helped over a million music lovers find the right gear.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e60-Day Money-Back Guarantee — Take your time. Listen, enjoy, and make sure it's right for you.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReal Experts, Real Help — Our team is here to answer your questions at 800-942-0220, weekdays 9am–6pm EST.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFree Shipping — On orders over $49, delivered to your door.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFlexible Payment Options — Financing available so you can start listening now.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eLearn More\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eWant to learn more about vibration control, rack setup, or turntable placement? Visit our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.audioadvisor.com\/blogs\/learning-center\" style=\"color:#8a5a2b;\"\u003eLearning Center\u003c\/a\u003e for guides, tips, and expert advice.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"IsoAcoustics","offers":[{"title":"New","offer_id":45983365628077,"sku":"NEW-IAOBORD-SIN","price":89.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0750\/3708\/1773\/files\/IAOBORD_EA_FRONT-Large__47162.1731599868.1280.1280_1afb896d-8098-446b-842f-784e9d4fa3e1.jpg?v=1778133697"},{"product_id":"isoacoustics-gaia-iii-speaker-isolators-set-of-4-retired","title":"IsoAcoustics GAIA III Speaker Isolators - Set of 4","description":"\u003cdiv style=\"max-width:720px;margin:0 auto;padding:32px 24px 48px 24px;background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:0 0 0.35em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eThe Compact GAIA for Floorstanders up to 70 Pounds\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eThe IsoAcoustics GAIA III is the smallest of the original GAIA isolators. It is sold here singly and as a set of four, and each speaker takes four. A set carries a floorstanding speaker or subwoofer of up to 70 pounds. The feet screw into the inserts the factory spikes came out of.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eA floorstander drives energy into the floor, and the floor sends it back up into the cabinet. IsoAcoustics designs the GAIA to manage that energy inside the foot. The housing is fixed to the speaker, and only the lower isolator touches the floor.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eThe Right Size for Slim Towers and Small Subwoofers\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size:1.05em;margin:0.9em 0 0.25em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eFit, Load and Materials\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eA set of four GAIA III carries 70 pounds, so each foot handles 17.5. No minimum is published. A foot carrying far less than its rating never settles into its working range. The GAIA III is the lightest GAIA rung. Heavier cabinets step up to the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.audioadvisor.com\/products\/isoacoustics-gaia-ii-speaker-isolator\" style=\"color:#8a5a2b;\"\u003eGAIA II\u003c\/a\u003e, and the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/calculator.isoacoustics.com\/\" style=\"color:#8a5a2b;\"\u003eIsoAcoustics online weight selector\u003c\/a\u003e sorts this by weight.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eEach GAIA III is 1.7 inches across and 1.5 inches tall. \u003cem\u003eHiFi Pig\u003c\/em\u003e describes a stainless steel body, dark chrome plated, over a molded rubber isolator. It replaces the spike or foot rather than sitting under it. Three thread adaptors come in the box: M6-1.0, M8-1.25 and 1\/4 inch-20.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eIf your speaker uses another thread, IsoAcoustics supplies other sizes. Its \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/isoacoustics.com\/home-audio-isolation-products\/gaia-series\/gaia-thread-sizes\/\" style=\"color:#8a5a2b;\"\u003eGAIA thread-size guide\u003c\/a\u003e explains how to measure. The lower isolator is made to grip a hard floor. On thick carpet, the matching carpet discs give each foot a solid surface.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eWhat Reviewers Are Saying\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eDan Worth reviewed the GAIA III for \u003cem\u003eHiFi Pig\u003c\/em\u003e. He wrote that “they allow the speakers to sound more tactile, resolute, spacious and natural, adding tone and timbre and increasing timing performance.”\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eArt Dudley put four GAIA III under the plinth of his Garrard 301 turntable. He told \u003cem\u003eStereophile\u003c\/em\u003e readers that “the difference I heard was beyond my expectations.”\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eWho Is the GAIA III Best For?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;padding-left:1.4em;line-height:1.6;\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eYou own slim floorstanders of 40 to 70 pounds each\u003c\/strong\u003e — four GAIA III per speaker carry them inside the working range\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eYour speakers have threaded spike inserts\u003c\/strong\u003e — the housing screws into the cabinet, so the foot moves with the speaker\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eYour floor is hardwood or tile\u003c\/strong\u003e — the lower isolator grips a hard surface without spikes marking it\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eYou have a compact subwoofer or a heavy turntable plinth\u003c\/strong\u003e — IsoAcoustics rates the GAIA III for subwoofers, and reviewers have used it under turntables\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eYour speakers weigh more than 70 pounds each\u003c\/strong\u003e — the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.audioadvisor.com\/products\/isoacoustics-gaia-ii-speaker-isolator\" style=\"color:#8a5a2b;\"\u003eGAIA II\u003c\/a\u003e carries 120 pounds a set\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eHow Do You Set Them Up?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eUnscrew the factory spikes and match the thread. One side of the adaptor goes into the speaker and the other into the GAIA housing. Thread each stud in at least four full turns. Turn the logo to face your seat, then tighten the locking nut against the speaker base.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eLift the speaker into place rather than sliding it, since the lower isolators grip the floor. On thick carpet, add a carpet disc under each foot. Level the cabinet, check that the logos face forward, and play.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003ePairs Well With\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eWhat most GAIA III owners shop next.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;padding-left:1.4em;line-height:1.6;\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.audioadvisor.com\/collections\/speaker-stands\" style=\"color:#8a5a2b;\"\u003eSpeaker stands\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e — get the tweeters to ear height before you isolate\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.audioadvisor.com\/collections\/floor-carpet-protection-discs\" style=\"color:#8a5a2b;\"\u003eFloor and carpet protection discs\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e — a firm footing on carpet or a soft floor\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.audioadvisor.com\/collections\/speaker-cables\" style=\"color:#8a5a2b;\"\u003eSpeaker cables\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e — the next link in the chain after the speakers are settled\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.audioadvisor.com\/collections\/speakers\" style=\"color:#8a5a2b;\"\u003eSpeakers\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e — the bookshelf and desktop models these are made to sit under\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size:1.05em;margin:0.9em 0 0.25em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eHow many do I need?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eFour per speaker, one at each corner, matching the spikes they replace. The GAIA III is sold singly and as a set of four. Order one set per speaker, or eight for a stereo pair.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size:1.05em;margin:0.9em 0 0.25em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eWhich GAIA fits my speakers?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eGo by the weight of one speaker: GAIA III up to 70 pounds, GAIA II up to 120, GAIA I up to 220. The \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/calculator.isoacoustics.com\/\" style=\"color:#8a5a2b;\"\u003eIsoAcoustics online weight selector\u003c\/a\u003e settles borderline weights.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size:1.05em;margin:0.9em 0 0.25em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eWill they fit my speaker's threads?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eAdaptors for M6-1.0, M8-1.25 and 1\/4 inch-20 come in the box. If your speaker uses another size, IsoAcoustics supplies other adaptors. Its thread-size guide shows how to measure the insert.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size:1.05em;margin:0.9em 0 0.25em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eCan I use them on carpet?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eYes. On low pile the lower isolator grips through the carpet. On thicker carpet or an underpad, IsoAcoustics recommends its \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.audioadvisor.com\/products\/isoacoustics-gaia-iii-carpet-disc-set-of-4\" style=\"color:#8a5a2b;\"\u003eGAIA III carpet discs\u003c\/a\u003e, which give each foot a solid surface.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 1.25em; margin: 1.4em 0 0.35em 0; font-weight: 600;\"\u003eSee It in Action\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin: 0 0 0.5em 0; line-height: 1.55;\"\u003eIsoAcoustics fits GAIA isolators to a floorstanding speaker, then covers moving the speaker into place and the carpet discs:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ciframe width=\"100%\" height=\"360\" src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/TOBFkdNOFzY\" title=\"How to Install \u0026amp; Setup IsoAcoustics GAIA Isolators on Audio Speakers - Hexnut Version\" style=\"border: 0; margin: 0 0 0.9em 0; display: block;\"\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eWhy Audio Advisor?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;padding-left:1.4em;line-height:1.6;\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e40+ Years of Expertise — Since 1981, we've helped over a million music lovers find the right gear.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e60-Day Money-Back Guarantee — Take your time. Listen, enjoy, and make sure it's right for you.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReal Experts, Real Help — Our team is here to answer your questions at 800-942-0220, weekdays 9am–6pm EST.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFree Shipping — On orders over $49, delivered to your door.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFlexible Payment Options — Financing available so you can start listening now.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eLearn More\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eWant to learn more about speaker placement, floor types, or vibration control? Visit our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.audioadvisor.com\/blogs\/learning-center\" style=\"color:#8a5a2b;\"\u003eLearning Center\u003c\/a\u003e for guides, tips, and expert advice.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"IsoAcoustics","offers":[{"title":"New","offer_id":45983398133933,"sku":"NEW-IAGAIAIII-4S","price":229.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0750\/3708\/1773\/files\/IAGAIAIII_1_01-Large__62542.1731599353.1280.1280_e2dbb446-ec9e-44d7-9141-df59d1949555.jpg?v=1778111805"},{"product_id":"isoacoustics-orea-graphite-isolation-puck-each","title":"IsoAcoustics OREA Graphite Isolation Puck - Each","description":"\u003cdiv style=\"max-width:720px;margin:0 auto;padding:32px 24px 48px 24px;background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:0 0 0.35em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eThe Smallest OREA, Sized for Streamers, DACs and Phono Stages\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eThe IsoAcoustics OREA Graphite is sold singly, one puck per order line. It is the lightest rung in the OREA family and carries 4 pounds each. Three or four suit a small streamer, DAC, phono stage or headphone amp of 16 pounds or less.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eEvery component sits in a room full of energy. Bass from the speakers, footsteps and motor hum travel through the floor and shelf into the chassis. IsoAcoustics designs the OREA to soak up that energy inside the puck.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eSized by Load, So Light Gear Gets a Puck That Actually Works\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size:1.05em;margin:0.9em 0 0.25em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eFit, Load and Materials\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eEach Graphite carries up to 4 pounds. IsoAcoustics says to use at least three under a component, and three or four is typical. Three carry 12 pounds and four carry 16. No minimum is published. A puck rated far above its load never settles into its working range, so match the rung to the weight.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eThe housing is machined stainless steel with a grey ring on the lower isolator. Each puck is 1.6 inches across and 1.1 inches tall, so it adds about an inch under a component. Check that clearance against the shelf above.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eThe dished top grips a smooth chassis like a suction cup. On textured metal it holds by friction, so nothing is glued or screwed. The pucks are made for a rack shelf, cabinet or desk. The \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/calculator.isoacoustics.com\/\" style=\"color:#8a5a2b;\"\u003eIsoAcoustics online weight selector\u003c\/a\u003e sizes the whole family by weight.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eWho Is the OREA Graphite Best For?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;padding-left:1.4em;line-height:1.6;\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eYou run a streamer, DAC or phono stage under 16 pounds\u003c\/strong\u003e — three or four Graphites carry it inside their working range\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eYour rack shelves are tight\u003c\/strong\u003e — 1.1 inches of added height keeps a stacked component clear of the shelf above\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eYou want to isolate one piece at a time\u003c\/strong\u003e — sold singly, so you buy three or four with nothing left over\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eYou have a glass or granite shelf\u003c\/strong\u003e — the concave flange grips smooth surfaces, so a light component stays put\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eYour component weighs more than 16 pounds\u003c\/strong\u003e — step up to the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.audioadvisor.com\/products\/isoacoustics-orea-bronze-isolation-puck-each\" style=\"color:#8a5a2b;\"\u003eOREA Bronze\u003c\/a\u003e, rated 8 pounds a puck\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eHow Do You Set Them Up?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eSet three or four pucks where the chassis, not the stock feet, will land. Use two at the front and one at the back, or one per corner. Lower the unit onto them and press so the flanges seat. Under electronics the logo can face any way. Set them down, set the gear on top, and you are done.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003ePairs Well With\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eWhat most OREA Graphite owners shop next.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;padding-left:1.4em;line-height:1.6;\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.audioadvisor.com\/collections\/audio-racks\" style=\"color:#8a5a2b;\"\u003eAudio racks\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e — a rigid, level shelf gives the pucks a firm grip\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.audioadvisor.com\/collections\/power-conditioners\" style=\"color:#8a5a2b;\"\u003ePower conditioners\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e — cleaner power for the gear you are isolating\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.audioadvisor.com\/collections\/isolation-feet-and-cones\" style=\"color:#8a5a2b;\"\u003eIsolation feet and cones\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e — the other rungs for the rest of the rack\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.audioadvisor.com\/collections\/cables\" style=\"color:#8a5a2b;\"\u003eCables\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e — the natural next upgrade for an isolated source\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size:1.05em;margin:0.9em 0 0.25em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eHow many do I need?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eThree is the minimum IsoAcoustics recommends under any component, and four is common. Three Graphites carry 12 pounds and four carry 16. Pucks are sold singly, so order that count.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size:1.05em;margin:0.9em 0 0.25em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eWhich OREA model fits my component?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eMatch the rung to the weight: Graphite 4 pounds a puck, Bronze 8, Indigo 16, Bordeaux 32. Too heavy overloads a puck; too light never compresses it. The \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/calculator.isoacoustics.com\/\" style=\"color:#8a5a2b;\"\u003eIsoAcoustics online weight selector\u003c\/a\u003e settles borderline weights.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size:1.05em;margin:0.9em 0 0.25em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eHow much height does it add?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eEach Graphite is 1.1 inches tall and 1.6 inches across. It replaces the stock feet rather than stacking on them, so the net change is usually under an inch.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size:1.05em;margin:0.9em 0 0.25em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eWill the pucks stick to my component?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eThe dished top grips a smooth chassis like a suction cup and holds textured surfaces by friction. IsoAcoustics says the suction is not needed, and nothing is fixed to your gear.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eSee It in Action\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.5em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eIsoAcoustics explains how the OREA range is sized by weight and shows the pucks going under a component. The Graphite is the smallest rung covered:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ciframe width=\"100%\" height=\"360\" src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/GgJhIfecGBk\" title=\"IsoAcoustics OREA Series Overview. Isolators for Audio Components and Speakers. - IsoAcoustics\" style=\"border:0;margin:0 0 0.9em 0;display:block;\" allowfullscreen\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eWhy Audio Advisor?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;padding-left:1.4em;line-height:1.6;\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e40+ Years of Expertise — Since 1981, we've helped over a million music lovers find the right gear.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e60-Day Money-Back Guarantee — Take your time. Listen, enjoy, and make sure it's right for you.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReal Experts, Real Help — Our team is here to answer your questions at 800-942-0220, weekdays 9am–6pm EST.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFree Shipping — On orders over $49, delivered to your door.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFlexible Payment Options — Financing available so you can start listening now.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eLearn More\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eWant to learn more about vibration control, rack setup, or turntable placement? Visit our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.audioadvisor.com\/blogs\/learning-center\" style=\"color:#8a5a2b;\"\u003eLearning Center\u003c\/a\u003e for guides, tips, and expert advice.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"IsoAcoustics","offers":[{"title":"New","offer_id":45983428051117,"sku":"NEW-IAOGRAP-SIN","price":49.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0750\/3708\/1773\/files\/IAOGRAP_EA_01-Large__61600.1710524925.1280.1280_4a0c732b-918e-4faf-bde3-f69d85a2e56b.jpg?v=1778149407"},{"product_id":"isoacoustics-orea-bronze-isolation-puck-each","title":"IsoAcoustics OREA Bronze Isolation Puck - Each","description":"\u003cdiv style=\"max-width:720px;margin:0 auto;padding:32px 24px 48px 24px;background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:0 0 0.35em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eEight Pounds a Puck, for CD Players, Preamps and Light Turntables\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eThe IsoAcoustics OREA Bronze is sold individually. Each puck carries up to 8 pounds. Three or four support a CD player, a preamplifier, a compact integrated amp or a light turntable weighing between about 12 and 32 pounds.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eA component never sits in silence. Bass from the speakers, footsteps on the floor and the hum of its own transformer all reach the chassis through the shelf. IsoAcoustics designs the OREA to hold that energy inside the isolator rather than pass it to the circuitry.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eA Load Rating in the Middle of the Range, Where Most Source Gear Lives\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size:1.05em;margin:0.9em 0 0.25em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eFit, Load and Materials\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eEach Bronze carries up to 8 pounds. IsoAcoustics says to use at least three under a component, and three or four is typical. Three carry 24 pounds and four carry 32. No minimum is published, but a lightly loaded isolator never reaches its working range, so a 6-pound DAC belongs on the Graphite.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eThe housing is machined stainless steel with a bronze ring on the lower isolator. Each puck is 2 inches across and 1.1 inches tall, adding about an inch of height. On a crowded rack that inch decides whether the component clears the shelf above.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eThe concave upper flange grips a smooth chassis with a suction-cup effect and holds textured surfaces by friction. The pucks suit a rack shelf, a cabinet or a desk. Where the weight falls near a boundary, the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/calculator.isoacoustics.com\/\" style=\"color:#8a5a2b;\"\u003eIsoAcoustics online weight selector\u003c\/a\u003e picks the rung for you.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eWhat Reviewers Are Saying\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003e\u003cem\u003eThe Absolute Sound\u003c\/em\u003e gave the OREA and GAIA series a Golden Ear Award in 2020, and \u003cem\u003eStereophile\u003c\/em\u003e named the GAIA and OREA isolation feet its Accessory of 2019.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eWho Is the OREA Bronze Best For?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;padding-left:1.4em;line-height:1.6;\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eYou own a CD player, preamp or DAC of 12 to 32 pounds\u003c\/strong\u003e — three or four Bronze pucks carry it inside their working range\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eYou run a light turntable\u003c\/strong\u003e — the pucks take the place of the stock feet, and you re-level the platter once they are loaded\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eYou want to buy by the piece\u003c\/strong\u003e — sold singly, so three for a small chassis or four for a wide one\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eYour shelf is glass or polished stone\u003c\/strong\u003e — the concave flange grips smooth surfaces, so the component stays where you set it\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eYour component weighs more than 32 pounds\u003c\/strong\u003e — the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.audioadvisor.com\/products\/isoacoustics-orea-indigo-isolation-puck-each\" style=\"color:#8a5a2b;\"\u003eOREA Indigo\u003c\/a\u003e carries 16 pounds a puck\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eHow Do You Set Them Up?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eSet three or four pucks where the chassis itself will rest on them, two across the front and one at the rear, or one per corner. Lower the component and press lightly so each flange seats. Level a turntable once the pucks are loaded. Under electronics the logo can face any way. Set them down, load them, and listen.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003ePairs Well With\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eWhat most OREA Bronze owners shop next.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;padding-left:1.4em;line-height:1.6;\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.audioadvisor.com\/collections\/audio-racks\" style=\"color:#8a5a2b;\"\u003eAudio racks\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e — a rigid, level shelf gives the pucks a firm grip\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.audioadvisor.com\/collections\/power-conditioners\" style=\"color:#8a5a2b;\"\u003ePower conditioners\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e — cleaner power for the gear you are isolating\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.audioadvisor.com\/collections\/isolation-feet-and-cones\" style=\"color:#8a5a2b;\"\u003eIsolation feet and cones\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e — the other rungs for the rest of the rack\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.audioadvisor.com\/collections\/cables\" style=\"color:#8a5a2b;\"\u003eCables\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e — the natural next upgrade for an isolated source\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size:1.05em;margin:0.9em 0 0.25em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eHow many do I need?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eThree is the minimum IsoAcoustics recommends under any component, and four is common. Three Bronze pucks carry 24 pounds and four carry 32. They are sold singly, so order that count.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size:1.05em;margin:0.9em 0 0.25em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eWhich OREA model fits my component?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eMatch the rung to the load: Graphite 4 pounds a puck, Bronze 8, Indigo 16, Bordeaux 32. Too heavy overloads a puck; too light never compresses it. The \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/calculator.isoacoustics.com\/\" style=\"color:#8a5a2b;\"\u003eIsoAcoustics online weight selector\u003c\/a\u003e settles borderline weights.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size:1.05em;margin:0.9em 0 0.25em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eWill it fit under my component on the shelf?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eEach Bronze is 1.1 inches tall and 2 inches across. It takes the place of the stock feet, so the net height change is usually under an inch. Measure the clearance above first.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size:1.05em;margin:0.9em 0 0.25em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eWhat is the puck made of, and does it need the suction?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eA machined stainless steel housing around an isolator tuned to the load. The dished top grips smooth surfaces like a suction cup, but IsoAcoustics says that grip is not required; textured surfaces hold by friction.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eSee It in Action\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.5em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eIsoAcoustics runs through the four OREA models, including the Bronze, and demonstrates placing the pucks under a component:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ciframe width=\"100%\" height=\"360\" src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/GgJhIfecGBk\" title=\"IsoAcoustics OREA Series Overview. Isolators for Audio Components and Speakers. - IsoAcoustics\" style=\"border:0;margin:0 0 0.9em 0;display:block;\" allowfullscreen\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eWhy Audio Advisor?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;padding-left:1.4em;line-height:1.6;\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e40+ Years of Expertise — Since 1981, we've helped over a million music lovers find the right gear.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e60-Day Money-Back Guarantee — Take your time. Listen, enjoy, and make sure it's right for you.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReal Experts, Real Help — Our team is here to answer your questions at 800-942-0220, weekdays 9am–6pm EST.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFree Shipping — On orders over $49, delivered to your door.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFlexible Payment Options — Financing available so you can start listening now.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eLearn More\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eWant to learn more about vibration control, rack setup, or turntable placement? Visit our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.audioadvisor.com\/blogs\/learning-center\" style=\"color:#8a5a2b;\"\u003eLearning Center\u003c\/a\u003e for guides, tips, and expert advice.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"IsoAcoustics","offers":[{"title":"New","offer_id":45983481397421,"sku":"NEW-IAOBRON-SIN","price":59.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Demo","offer_id":45983481430189,"sku":"DEMO-IAOBRON-EA","price":48.37,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0750\/3708\/1773\/files\/IAOBRON_1-EA-Large__17434.1725992992.1280.1280_62321b91-1efc-4e68-a74f-fdcbb04b93b8.jpg?v=1778115172"},{"product_id":"isoacoustics-orea-indigo-isolation-puck-each","title":"IsoAcoustics OREA Indigo Isolation Puck - Each","description":"\u003cdiv style=\"max-width:720px;margin:0 auto;padding:32px 24px 48px 24px;background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:0 0 0.35em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eThe Mid-Weight OREA for Integrated Amplifiers and Turntables\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eThe IsoAcoustics OREA Indigo is sold singly. Each puck is rated for 16 pounds. Three or four carry an integrated amp, a stereo receiver, a larger turntable or a tube preamp weighing between roughly 24 and 64 pounds.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eVibration is part of every listening room. Speaker energy, footfall and transformer hum pass through the floor and the shelf and enter the chassis through its feet. IsoAcoustics designs the OREA to soak up that energy inside the puck rather than pass it upward.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eRated for Amplifier Weight Without Amplifier-Sized Height\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size:1.05em;margin:0.9em 0 0.25em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eFit, Load and Materials\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eEach Indigo carries up to 16 pounds. IsoAcoustics says to use at least three under a component, and three or four is typical. Three carry 48 pounds and four carry 64. No minimum is published. A puck carrying far less than its rating never settles into its working range, so a 15-pound CD player belongs on the Bronze.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eThe housing is machined stainless steel with an indigo ring on the lower isolator. Each puck is 2.3 inches across and 1.3 inches tall. It adds about an inch and a quarter under an amp, so allow for that on a shelf that is already close.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eThe dished top grips a smooth chassis like a suction cup and holds textured surfaces by friction. The pucks are made for rack shelves, cabinets and desks. For a weight near a line, the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/calculator.isoacoustics.com\/\" style=\"color:#8a5a2b;\"\u003eIsoAcoustics online weight selector\u003c\/a\u003e chooses the rung.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eWhat Reviewers Are Saying\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003e\u003cem\u003eStereophile\u003c\/em\u003e lists the OREA Indigo in its Recommended Components for 2025. The list is the magazine's twice-yearly roundup of gear its own reviewers have used and stand behind.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eReviewing the Indigo for \u003cem\u003eHiFi Pig\u003c\/em\u003e, Dan Worth wrote that the pucks “increase focus, precision and an essential tonal realism” under his components.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eWho Is the OREA Indigo Best For?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;padding-left:1.4em;line-height:1.6;\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eYou own an integrated amp or receiver of 24 to 64 pounds\u003c\/strong\u003e — three or four Indigos carry it inside their working range\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eYour turntable is on the heavy side\u003c\/strong\u003e — a 30-pound plinth sits on three Indigos in place of its stock feet\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eYou are isolating a tube preamp\u003c\/strong\u003e — 1.3 inches of height leaves air moving around the chassis on an open shelf\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eYou want to buy exactly what you need\u003c\/strong\u003e — sold singly, so three or four with no set to split\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eYour amplifier weighs more than 64 pounds\u003c\/strong\u003e — the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.audioadvisor.com\/products\/isoacoustics-orea-bordeaux-isolation-puck-each\" style=\"color:#8a5a2b;\"\u003eOREA Bordeaux\u003c\/a\u003e carries 32 pounds a puck\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eHow Do You Set Them Up?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003ePlace three or four pucks where the chassis will bear on them, two in front and one behind, or one per corner for a wide amp. Lower the component and press so each flange seats. Re-level a turntable once loaded. Under electronics the logo may face any direction. Set them down, set the gear on top, and play.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003ePairs Well With\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eWhat most OREA Indigo owners shop next.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;padding-left:1.4em;line-height:1.6;\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.audioadvisor.com\/collections\/audio-racks\" style=\"color:#8a5a2b;\"\u003eAudio racks\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e — a rigid, level shelf gives the pucks a firm grip\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.audioadvisor.com\/collections\/power-conditioners\" style=\"color:#8a5a2b;\"\u003ePower conditioners\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e — cleaner power for the gear you are isolating\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.audioadvisor.com\/collections\/isolation-feet-and-cones\" style=\"color:#8a5a2b;\"\u003eIsolation feet and cones\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e — the other rungs for the rest of the rack\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.audioadvisor.com\/collections\/cables\" style=\"color:#8a5a2b;\"\u003eCables\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e — the natural next upgrade for an isolated source\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size:1.05em;margin:0.9em 0 0.25em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eHow many do I need?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eThree is the minimum IsoAcoustics recommends under any component, and four is common. Three Indigos carry 48 pounds and four carry 64. They are sold singly, so order that count.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size:1.05em;margin:0.9em 0 0.25em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eWhich OREA model fits my component?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eChoose by weight: Graphite 4 pounds a puck, Bronze 8, Indigo 16, Bordeaux 32. Too heavy or too light takes a puck out of its working range. The \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/calculator.isoacoustics.com\/\" style=\"color:#8a5a2b;\"\u003eIsoAcoustics online weight selector\u003c\/a\u003e settles borderline weights.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size:1.05em;margin:0.9em 0 0.25em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eHow much height does it add on my rack?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eEach Indigo is 1.3 inches tall and 2.3 inches across. It replaces the stock feet rather than sitting under them, so the net change is usually about an inch.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size:1.05em;margin:0.9em 0 0.25em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eDoes it need a smooth surface to grip?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eThe dished top grips smooth metal like a suction cup and holds textured or painted surfaces by friction. IsoAcoustics says the suction is not needed, and nothing is fixed to your gear.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eSee It in Action\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.5em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eIsoAcoustics explains how to choose an OREA model by weight, with the Indigo among the four shown, and shows how the pucks go in:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ciframe width=\"100%\" height=\"360\" src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/GgJhIfecGBk\" title=\"IsoAcoustics OREA Series Overview. Isolators for Audio Components and Speakers. - IsoAcoustics\" style=\"border:0;margin:0 0 0.9em 0;display:block;\" allowfullscreen\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eWhy Audio Advisor?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;padding-left:1.4em;line-height:1.6;\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e40+ Years of Expertise — Since 1981, we've helped over a million music lovers find the right gear.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e60-Day Money-Back Guarantee — Take your time. Listen, enjoy, and make sure it's right for you.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReal Experts, Real Help — Our team is here to answer your questions at 800-942-0220, weekdays 9am–6pm EST.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFree Shipping — On orders over $49, delivered to your door.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFlexible Payment Options — Financing available so you can start listening now.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eLearn More\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eWant to learn more about vibration control, rack setup, or turntable placement? Visit our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.audioadvisor.com\/blogs\/learning-center\" style=\"color:#8a5a2b;\"\u003eLearning Center\u003c\/a\u003e for guides, tips, and expert advice.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"IsoAcoustics","offers":[{"title":"New","offer_id":45983481495725,"sku":"NEW-IAOINDI-SIN","price":69.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0750\/3708\/1773\/files\/IAOINDI_EA_FRONT-Large__42245.1731599718.1280.1280_d8a46901-3549-448d-8074-97fa294deaea.jpg?v=1778136477"},{"product_id":"isoacoustics-aperta200-isolation-stands-with-tilt-adjustment","title":"IsoAcoustics Aperta200 Isolation Stands with Tilt Adjustment","description":"\u003cdiv style=\"max-width:720px;margin:0 auto;padding:32px 24px 48px 24px;background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:0 0 0.35em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eThe Larger Aperta for Speakers up to 75 Pounds, with Marked Tilt\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eThe IsoAcoustics Aperta200 is sold as a pair, in black or silver, and each speaker takes one stand. It carries a bookshelf speaker or studio monitor of up to 75 pounds and tilts it up to 6.5 degrees, with graduated markings so both stands can be set to the same angle.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eA heavy monitor on a console or shelf puts real energy into the surface, and the surface returns it to the cabinet. IsoAcoustics designs the Aperta200 so that energy is managed by isolators in the top and bottom of the frame. The speaker rides on the isolators rather than on the shelf.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eTwice the Load of the Aperta, in a Stand Still Under Four Inches Tall\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size:1.05em;margin:0.9em 0 0.25em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eFit, Load and Materials\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eEach Aperta200 carries up to 75 pounds. No minimum is published, but an isolator loaded far under its rating never reaches its working range, so a 15-pound speaker sits better on the Aperta. The \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/calculator.isoacoustics.com\/\" style=\"color:#8a5a2b;\"\u003eIsoAcoustics online weight selector\u003c\/a\u003e confirms the match for your speaker.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eThe stand is 7.8 inches wide, 10 inches deep and 3.5 inches tall, so it raises the speaker three and a half inches. The frame is solid aluminum, finished in black or silver, with IsoAcoustics isolators in the top and bottom sections. The speaker sits on the top frame; nothing is fastened to it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eThe tilt adjusts up to 6.5 degrees up or down, with gradation marks to repeat the setting on the second stand. It is made for a console, shelf, credenza or floor stand. On a small top plate, the Aperta200 Support Plates give it a full surface.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eWhat Reviewers Are Saying\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eBarry Rudolph tested the Aperta200 in his control room for \u003cem\u003eMusic Connection\u003c\/em\u003e: “The Aperta 200s are winners and I highly recommend them for any project studio, stereo or home theatre”.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eWho Is the Aperta200 Best For?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;padding-left:1.4em;line-height:1.6;\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eYou own bookshelf speakers or monitors of 35 to 75 pounds each\u003c\/strong\u003e — one Aperta200 per speaker carries them inside the working range\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eYour speakers sit on a console bridge or a low shelf\u003c\/strong\u003e — the tilt aims the tweeter at your ears, and the marks let you match both sides\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eYou want the speaker off the surface without bolting anything\u003c\/strong\u003e — it sits on the top frame and lifts off in seconds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eYou have a floor stand with a small top plate\u003c\/strong\u003e — the Aperta200 Support Plates extend the surface so the stand sits flat\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eYour speakers weigh less than 35 pounds each\u003c\/strong\u003e — the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.audioadvisor.com\/products\/isoacoustics-aperta-speaker-stands\" style=\"color:#8a5a2b;\"\u003eAperta\u003c\/a\u003e, rated 35 pounds a stand, keeps a lighter speaker inside its working range\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eHow Do You Set Them Up?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eSet each stand where the speaker will go, logo facing forward. Place the speaker centered on the top frame. Adjust the tilt until the tweeter points at your listening position and read the mark, then set the second stand to the same mark. Sit down and listen.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003ePairs Well With\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eWhat most Aperta200 owners shop next.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;padding-left:1.4em;line-height:1.6;\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.audioadvisor.com\/collections\/speaker-stands\" style=\"color:#8a5a2b;\"\u003eSpeaker stands\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e — get the tweeters to ear height before you isolate\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.audioadvisor.com\/collections\/floor-carpet-protection-discs\" style=\"color:#8a5a2b;\"\u003eFloor and carpet protection discs\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e — a firm footing on carpet or a soft floor\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.audioadvisor.com\/collections\/speaker-cables\" style=\"color:#8a5a2b;\"\u003eSpeaker cables\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e — the next link in the chain after the speakers are settled\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.audioadvisor.com\/collections\/speakers\" style=\"color:#8a5a2b;\"\u003eSpeakers\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e — the bookshelf and desktop models these are made to sit under\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size:1.05em;margin:0.9em 0 0.25em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eHow many do I need?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eOne stand per speaker. The Aperta200 is sold as a pair, so one order covers a stereo pair. A single center speaker or monitor needs one stand from the pair.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size:1.05em;margin:0.9em 0 0.25em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eWhich Aperta fits my speakers?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eGo by the weight and footprint of one speaker: Aperta up to 35 pounds, Aperta200 up to 75, Aperta 300 up to 60 for wide cabinets. The \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/calculator.isoacoustics.com\/\" style=\"color:#8a5a2b;\"\u003eIsoAcoustics online weight selector\u003c\/a\u003e settles borderline cases.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size:1.05em;margin:0.9em 0 0.25em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eHow does the tilt adjustment work?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eEach stand tilts up to 6.5 degrees upward or downward, and gradation marks show the setting. Set one stand by ear, then match the second to the same mark.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size:1.05em;margin:0.9em 0 0.25em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eWill it sit on a floor stand?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eYes, if the top plate is at least the stand's 7.8 by 10 inch footprint. For a smaller top plate, the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.audioadvisor.com\/products\/isoacoustics-aperta200-support-plates-pair\" style=\"color:#8a5a2b;\"\u003eAperta200 Support Plates\u003c\/a\u003e give the stand a full-size surface.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 1.25em; margin: 1.4em 0 0.35em 0; font-weight: 600;\"\u003eSee It in Action\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin: 0 0 0.5em 0; line-height: 1.55;\"\u003eIsoAcoustics unboxes the Aperta stands and demonstrates the tilt adjustment across the three sizes:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ciframe width=\"100%\" height=\"360\" src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/qdQZ7tG1RCA\" title=\"IsoAcoustics Aperta Series Speaker Isolation Stand Unboxing Video\" style=\"border: 0; margin: 0 0 0.9em 0; display: block;\"\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eWhy Audio Advisor?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;padding-left:1.4em;line-height:1.6;\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e40+ Years of Expertise — Since 1981, we've helped over a million music lovers find the right gear.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e60-Day Money-Back Guarantee — Take your time. Listen, enjoy, and make sure it's right for you.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReal Experts, Real Help — Our team is here to answer your questions at 800-942-0220, weekdays 9am–6pm EST.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFree Shipping — On orders over $49, delivered to your door.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFlexible Payment Options — Financing available so you can start listening now.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eLearn More\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eWant to learn more about speaker placement, desktop speakers, or vibration control? Visit our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.audioadvisor.com\/blogs\/learning-center\" style=\"color:#8a5a2b;\"\u003eLearning Center\u003c\/a\u003e for guides, tips, and expert advice.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"IsoAcoustics","offers":[{"title":"Silver \/ New","offer_id":45982188175533,"sku":"NEW-IAPERTA2-SIL","price":289.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Silver \/ Demo","offer_id":45982188208301,"sku":"DEMO-IAPERTA2-SIL","price":249.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Black \/ New","offer_id":47280625090733,"sku":"NEW-IAPERTA2-BLK","price":289.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0750\/3708\/1773\/files\/IAPERTA2_1-SIL-Large__29761.1730359522.1280.1280_6b26697d-ad50-4a41-9855-29f998a1d5d3.jpg?v=1778094830"},{"product_id":"isoacoustics-gaia-iii-neo-speaker-isolators-weight-cap-70-lbs-set-of-4","title":"IsoAcoustics GAIA III Neo Speaker Isolators - Weight cap. 70 lbs - Set of 4","description":"\u003cdiv style=\"max-width:720px;margin:0 auto;padding:32px 24px 48px 24px;background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:0 0 0.35em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eThe Compact GAIA Neo for Slim Towers up to 70 Pounds\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eThe IsoAcoustics GAIA III Neo is sold as a set of four, in black or dark chrome, and every speaker takes one set. It carries a floorstanding speaker or subwoofer of up to 70 pounds. The feet screw into the inserts the factory spikes came out of, and the height adjusts once the speaker is in place.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eA floorstander pushes its own energy into the floor, and the floor pushes it back into the cabinet. IsoAcoustics designs the GAIA Neo to manage that energy inside the foot. The housing is fixed to the speaker, and only the lower isolator touches the floor.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eThe Second-Generation GAIA, Sized for Slim Towers\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size:1.05em;margin:0.9em 0 0.25em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eFit, Load and Materials\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eA set of four GAIA III Neo carries 70 pounds, so each foot handles 17.5. No minimum is published. A foot carrying far less than its rating never reaches its working range. It is the lightest Neo rung; a heavier cabinet steps up to the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.audioadvisor.com\/products\/isoacoustics-gaia-ii-neo-speaker-isolators-weight-cap-120-lbs-set-of-4\" style=\"color:#8a5a2b;\"\u003eGAIA II Neo\u003c\/a\u003e. The \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/calculator.isoacoustics.com\/\" style=\"color:#8a5a2b;\"\u003eIsoAcoustics online weight selector\u003c\/a\u003e sorts this by weight.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eEach foot is 2.2 inches across and 1.8 inches tall, in a metal housing finished in black or dark chrome. Turning the lower ring moves it up to 0.34 inches, so you level the speaker once it is standing. Three thread adaptors are included: M8-1.25, M6-1.0 and 1\/4 inch-20. Other sizes: see the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/isoacoustics.com\/home-audio-isolation-products\/gaia-series\/gaia-thread-sizes\/\" style=\"color:#8a5a2b;\"\u003eGAIA thread-size guide\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eAn O-ring seats the housing flush against the speaker base. The lower isolator pivots to stay in full contact on a floor that is out of true. Floor sliders with felt pads come in the box, so the speaker slides into place on carpet or hardwood before you level it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eWhat Reviewers Are Saying\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003e\u003cem\u003ePopular Science\u003c\/em\u003e named the GAIA Neo speaker isolation feet a winner in its 2025 Audio Awards, with reviewer Tony Ware writing that they “rein in energy loss and unleash imaging.”\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eWho Is the GAIA III Neo Best For?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;padding-left:1.4em;line-height:1.6;\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eYou own slim floorstanders of 40 to 70 pounds each\u003c\/strong\u003e — a set of four GAIA III Neo carries them inside the working range\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eYour floor is not perfectly level\u003c\/strong\u003e — the lower ring adjusts 0.34 inches per foot with the speaker in place, and the isolator pivots to stay in contact\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eYou move your speakers to tune the room\u003c\/strong\u003e — the included sliders let the cabinet slide into position on carpet or hardwood\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eYou want the feet to look built in\u003c\/strong\u003e — the O-ring seats the housing flush to the base, in black or dark chrome to match the cabinet\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eYour speakers weigh more than 70 pounds each\u003c\/strong\u003e — the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.audioadvisor.com\/products\/isoacoustics-gaia-ii-neo-speaker-isolators-weight-cap-120-lbs-set-of-4\" style=\"color:#8a5a2b;\"\u003eGAIA II Neo\u003c\/a\u003e carries 120 pounds a set\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eHow Do You Set Them Up?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eUnscrew the factory spikes and match the thread. One side of the adaptor goes into the speaker and the other into the Neo housing. Screw each foot in until the O-ring seats flush, with the logo facing your seat. Set the sliders under the feet, push the speaker into position, then tilt one side at a time to remove them.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eTurn each lower ring to level the cabinet. On thick carpet, the matching carpet discs give each foot a solid surface to stand on. Check that the logos still face forward, and play.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003ePairs Well With\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eWhat most GAIA III Neo owners shop next.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;padding-left:1.4em;line-height:1.6;\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.audioadvisor.com\/collections\/speaker-stands\" style=\"color:#8a5a2b;\"\u003eSpeaker stands\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e — get the tweeters to ear height before you isolate\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.audioadvisor.com\/collections\/floor-carpet-protection-discs\" style=\"color:#8a5a2b;\"\u003eFloor and carpet protection discs\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e — a firm footing on carpet or a soft floor\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.audioadvisor.com\/collections\/speaker-cables\" style=\"color:#8a5a2b;\"\u003eSpeaker cables\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e — the next link in the chain after the speakers are settled\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.audioadvisor.com\/collections\/speakers\" style=\"color:#8a5a2b;\"\u003eSpeakers\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e — the bookshelf and desktop models these are made to sit under\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size:1.05em;margin:0.9em 0 0.25em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eHow many do I need?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eFour per speaker, one at each corner, matching the spikes they replace. The GAIA III Neo is sold as a set of four, so order one set per speaker or two for a stereo pair.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size:1.05em;margin:0.9em 0 0.25em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eWhich GAIA Neo fits my speakers?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eGo by the weight of one speaker: GAIA III Neo up to 70 pounds, GAIA II Neo up to 120, GAIA I Neo up to 220. The \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/calculator.isoacoustics.com\/\" style=\"color:#8a5a2b;\"\u003eIsoAcoustics online weight selector\u003c\/a\u003e settles borderline weights in a few seconds.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size:1.05em;margin:0.9em 0 0.25em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eWill they fit my speaker's threads?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eAdaptors for M8-1.25, M6-1.0 and 1\/4 inch-20 come in the box. If your speaker uses another size, IsoAcoustics supplies other adaptors. Its thread-size guide shows how to measure the insert.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size:1.05em;margin:0.9em 0 0.25em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eCan I use them on carpet?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eYes. The sliders in the box move the speaker into place on carpet. On thicker carpet or an underpad, IsoAcoustics recommends its \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.audioadvisor.com\/products\/isoacoustics-carpet-discs-for-gaia-iii-neo-set-of-4-black\" style=\"color:#8a5a2b;\"\u003eGAIA III Neo carpet discs\u003c\/a\u003e, which give each foot a solid surface.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 1.25em; margin: 1.4em 0 0.35em 0; font-weight: 600;\"\u003eSee It in Action\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin: 0 0 0.5em 0; line-height: 1.55;\"\u003eIsoAcoustics walks a GAIA Neo installation end to end — unboxing, choosing the right threaded adapter, fitting the isolators and setting the final position:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ciframe width=\"100%\" height=\"360\" src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/pXZZCDHk70E\" title=\"The Official GAIA Neo Official Installation Video Guide\" style=\"border: 0; margin: 0 0 0.9em 0; display: block;\"\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eWhy Audio Advisor?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;padding-left:1.4em;line-height:1.6;\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e40+ Years of Expertise — Since 1981, we've helped over a million music lovers find the right gear.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e60-Day Money-Back Guarantee — Take your time. Listen, enjoy, and make sure it's right for you.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReal Experts, Real Help — Our team is here to answer your questions at 800-942-0220, weekdays 9am–6pm EST.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFree Shipping — On orders over $49, delivered to your door.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFlexible Payment Options — Financing available so you can start listening now.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eLearn More\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eWant to learn more about speaker placement, floor types, or vibration control? Visit our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.audioadvisor.com\/blogs\/learning-center\" style=\"color:#8a5a2b;\"\u003eLearning Center\u003c\/a\u003e for guides, tips, and expert advice.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"IsoAcoustics","offers":[{"title":"Black \/ New","offer_id":45980511731885,"sku":"NEW-IAGAIAIIINEO-4S-BLK","price":354.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Dark Chrome \/ New","offer_id":45982190633133,"sku":"NEW-IAGAIAIIINEO-4S-DC","price":354.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0750\/3708\/1773\/files\/IAGAIAIIINEO-4S-BLK_01_set_of_four_front_2025__07229.1760375268.1280.1280_6f70adc9-53fa-4c8f-91c3-9d437f777aae.jpg?v=1778164407"},{"product_id":"isoacoustics-gaia-i-neo-speaker-isolators-weight-cap-220-lbs-set-of-4","title":"IsoAcoustics GAIA I Neo Speaker Isolators - Weight cap. 220 lbs - Set of 4","description":"\u003cdiv style=\"max-width:720px;margin:0 auto;padding:32px 24px 48px 24px;background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:0 0 0.35em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eHeight-Adjustable Isolation Feet for Floorstanders up to 220 Pounds\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eThe IsoAcoustics GAIA I Neo is sold as a set of four, in black or dark chrome, and every speaker takes one set. It carries a floorstanding speaker or subwoofer of up to 220 pounds. The feet screw into the inserts the factory spikes came out of, and the height adjusts once the speaker is in place.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eA floorstander pushes its own energy into the floor, and the floor pushes it back into the cabinet. IsoAcoustics designs the GAIA Neo to manage that energy inside the foot. The housing is fixed to the speaker, and only the lower isolator touches the floor.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eThe Second-Generation GAIA, Sized for the Heaviest Floorstanders\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size:1.05em;margin:0.9em 0 0.25em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eFit, Load and Materials\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eA set of four GAIA I Neo carries 220 pounds, so each foot handles 55. No minimum is published. A foot carrying far less than its rating never reaches its working range. A 90-pound speaker belongs on the GAIA II Neo and a 60-pound speaker on the GAIA III Neo. The \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/calculator.isoacoustics.com\/\" style=\"color:#8a5a2b;\"\u003eIsoAcoustics online weight selector\u003c\/a\u003e sorts this by weight.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eEach foot is 3 inches across and 2 inches tall, in a metal housing finished in black or dark chrome. Turning the lower ring moves it up to 0.34 inches, so you level the speaker once it is standing. Three thread adaptors are included: M12-1.25, M8-1.25 and 1\/4 inch-20. Other sizes: see the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/isoacoustics.com\/home-audio-isolation-products\/gaia-series\/gaia-thread-sizes\/\" style=\"color:#8a5a2b;\"\u003eGAIA thread-size guide\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eAn O-ring seats the housing flush against the speaker base. The lower isolator pivots to stay in full contact on a floor that is out of true. Floor sliders with felt pads come in the box, so the speaker slides into place on carpet or hardwood before you level it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eWhat Reviewers Are Saying\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003e\u003cem\u003ePopular Science\u003c\/em\u003e named the GAIA Neo speaker isolation feet a winner in its 2025 Audio Awards, with reviewer Tony Ware writing that they “rein in energy loss and unleash imaging.”\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eRick Becker reviewed the GAIA I Neo for \u003cem\u003eEnjoy the Music\u003c\/em\u003e and called the Neo “one of those upgrades that have no downsides”, noting that they also isolate the rest of the system from speaker vibration.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eWho Is the GAIA I Neo Best For?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;padding-left:1.4em;line-height:1.6;\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eYou own floorstanders of 120 to 220 pounds each\u003c\/strong\u003e — a set of four GAIA I Neo carries them inside the working range\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eYour floor is not perfectly level\u003c\/strong\u003e — the lower ring adjusts 0.34 inches per foot with the speaker in place, and the isolator pivots to stay in contact\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eYou move your speakers to tune the room\u003c\/strong\u003e — the included sliders let a 200-pound cabinet slide into position on carpet or hardwood\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eYou want the feet to look built in\u003c\/strong\u003e — the O-ring seats the housing flush to the base, in black or dark chrome to match the cabinet\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eYour speakers weigh less than 120 pounds each\u003c\/strong\u003e — the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.audioadvisor.com\/products\/isoacoustics-gaia-ii-neo-speaker-isolators-weight-cap-120-lbs-set-of-4\" style=\"color:#8a5a2b;\"\u003eGAIA II Neo\u003c\/a\u003e, rated 120 pounds a set, keeps a lighter cabinet inside its working range\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eHow Do You Set Them Up?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eUnscrew the factory spikes and match the thread. One side of the adaptor goes into the speaker and the other into the Neo housing. Screw each foot in until the O-ring seats flush, with the logo facing your seat. Set the sliders under the feet, push the speaker into position, then tilt one side at a time to remove them.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eTurn each lower ring to level the cabinet. On thick carpet, the matching carpet discs give each foot a solid surface to stand on. Check that the logos still face forward, and play.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003ePairs Well With\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eWhat most GAIA I Neo owners shop next.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;padding-left:1.4em;line-height:1.6;\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.audioadvisor.com\/collections\/speaker-stands\" style=\"color:#8a5a2b;\"\u003eSpeaker stands\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e — get the tweeters to ear height before you isolate\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.audioadvisor.com\/collections\/floor-carpet-protection-discs\" style=\"color:#8a5a2b;\"\u003eFloor and carpet protection discs\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e — a firm footing on carpet or a soft floor\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.audioadvisor.com\/collections\/speaker-cables\" style=\"color:#8a5a2b;\"\u003eSpeaker cables\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e — the next link in the chain after the speakers are settled\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.audioadvisor.com\/collections\/speakers\" style=\"color:#8a5a2b;\"\u003eSpeakers\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e — the bookshelf and desktop models these are made to sit under\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size:1.05em;margin:0.9em 0 0.25em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eHow many do I need?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eFour per speaker, one at each corner, matching the spikes they replace. The GAIA I Neo is sold as a set of four, so order one set per speaker or two for a stereo pair.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size:1.05em;margin:0.9em 0 0.25em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eWhich GAIA Neo fits my speakers?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eGo by the weight of one speaker: GAIA III Neo up to 70 pounds, GAIA II Neo up to 120, GAIA I Neo up to 220. The \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/calculator.isoacoustics.com\/\" style=\"color:#8a5a2b;\"\u003eIsoAcoustics online weight selector\u003c\/a\u003e settles borderline weights in a few seconds.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size:1.05em;margin:0.9em 0 0.25em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eWill they fit my speaker's threads?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eAdaptors for M12-1.25, M8-1.25 and 1\/4 inch-20 come in the box. If your speaker uses another size, IsoAcoustics supplies other adaptors. Its thread-size guide shows how to measure the insert.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size:1.05em;margin:0.9em 0 0.25em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eCan I use them on carpet?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eYes. The sliders in the box move the speaker into place on carpet. On thicker carpet or an underpad, IsoAcoustics recommends its \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.audioadvisor.com\/products\/isoacoustics-carpet-discs-for-gaia-i-neo-set-of-4-black\" style=\"color:#8a5a2b;\"\u003eGAIA I Neo carpet discs\u003c\/a\u003e, which give each foot a solid surface.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 1.25em; margin: 1.4em 0 0.35em 0; font-weight: 600;\"\u003eSee It in Action\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin: 0 0 0.5em 0; line-height: 1.55;\"\u003eIsoAcoustics walks a GAIA Neo installation end to end — unboxing, choosing the right threaded adapter, fitting the isolators and setting the final position:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ciframe width=\"100%\" height=\"360\" src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/pXZZCDHk70E\" title=\"The Official GAIA Neo Official Installation Video Guide\" style=\"border: 0; margin: 0 0 0.9em 0; display: block;\"\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eWhy Audio Advisor?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;padding-left:1.4em;line-height:1.6;\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e40+ Years of Expertise — Since 1981, we've helped over a million music lovers find the right gear.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e60-Day Money-Back Guarantee — Take your time. Listen, enjoy, and make sure it's right for you.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReal Experts, Real Help — Our team is here to answer your questions at 800-942-0220, weekdays 9am–6pm EST.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFree Shipping — On orders over $49, delivered to your door.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFlexible Payment Options — Financing available so you can start listening now.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eLearn More\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eWant to learn more about speaker placement, floor types, or vibration control? Visit our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.audioadvisor.com\/blogs\/learning-center\" style=\"color:#8a5a2b;\"\u003eLearning Center\u003c\/a\u003e for guides, tips, and expert advice.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"IsoAcoustics","offers":[{"title":"Dark Chrome \/ New","offer_id":45980600631469,"sku":"NEW-IAGAIAINEODC-4S-DC","price":874.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Black \/ New","offer_id":45982936760493,"sku":"NEW-IAGAIAINEODC-4S-BLK","price":874.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0750\/3708\/1773\/files\/IAGAIAINEODC-4S-DC_01_set_of_four_2025__80223.1760447270.1280.1280_5e432d4e-b2f3-48ca-9c04-39fd276b9be7.jpg?v=1778164635"},{"product_id":"isoacoustics-gaia-i-speaker-isolators","title":"IsoAcoustics GAIA I Speaker Isolators","description":"\u003cdiv style=\"max-width:720px;margin:0 auto;padding:32px 24px 48px 24px;background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:0 0 0.35em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eThreaded Isolation Feet for Floorstanders up to 220 Pounds\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eThe IsoAcoustics GAIA I is the largest of the three original GAIA isolators. It is sold here singly and as a set of four, and every speaker takes four. A set carries a floorstanding speaker or subwoofer of up to 220 pounds. The feet screw into the same inserts the factory spikes came out of.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eA floorstander drives its own energy into the floor, and the floor sends it straight back up into the box. IsoAcoustics designs the GAIA to manage that energy inside the foot. The housing is fixed to the speaker, and only the lower isolator touches the floor.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eMade for the Heaviest Speakers Still Standing on Spikes\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size:1.05em;margin:0.9em 0 0.25em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eFit, Load and Materials\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eA set of four GAIA I carries 220 pounds, so each foot handles 55. No minimum is published. A foot carrying far less than its rating never settles into its working range. A 90-pound speaker belongs on the GAIA II and a 60-pound speaker on the GAIA III. The \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/calculator.isoacoustics.com\/\" style=\"color:#8a5a2b;\"\u003eIsoAcoustics online weight selector\u003c\/a\u003e sorts this by weight.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eEach GAIA I is 2.5 inches across and 1.9 inches tall, in a machined dark chrome metal housing. It replaces the spike or foot rather than sitting under it. The change in speaker height depends on what came out. Three thread adaptors are included: M8-1.25, M12-1.25 and 1\/4 inch-20.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eIf your speaker uses another thread, IsoAcoustics supplies other sizes. Its \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/isoacoustics.com\/home-audio-isolation-products\/gaia-series\/gaia-thread-sizes\/\" style=\"color:#8a5a2b;\"\u003eGAIA thread-size guide\u003c\/a\u003e explains how to measure. The lower isolator is made to grip a hard floor. On thick carpet, the matching carpet discs give it a solid surface to stand on.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eWhat Reviewers Are Saying\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eRobert Deutsch tried a GAIA I set under his Monitor Audio speakers for \u003cem\u003eStereophile\u003c\/em\u003e. He found that “instruments and voices were more precisely defined on the soundstage, which itself was wider and higher.”\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eTheo Nicolakis ran GAIA I under his own speakers for \u003cem\u003eAudioholics\u003c\/em\u003e. He wrote: “In every instance the GAIA isolators improved the top to bottom performance of my two reference setups.”\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003e\u003cem\u003eStereophile\u003c\/em\u003e lists the GAIA I in its Recommended Components for 2025, and it named the GAIA and OREA isolation feet its Accessory of 2019.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eWho Is the GAIA I Best For?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;padding-left:1.4em;line-height:1.6;\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eYou own floorstanders of 120 to 220 pounds each\u003c\/strong\u003e — four GAIA I per speaker carry them inside the working range\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eYour speakers have threaded spike inserts\u003c\/strong\u003e — the housing screws into the cabinet, so the foot moves with the speaker\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eYour floor is hardwood, tile or concrete\u003c\/strong\u003e — the lower isolator grips a hard surface without spikes marking it\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eYou have a large subwoofer\u003c\/strong\u003e — IsoAcoustics rates the GAIA I for subwoofers up to 220 pounds as well as speakers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eYour speakers weigh less than 120 pounds each\u003c\/strong\u003e — the GAIA II, rated 120 pounds a set, keeps a lighter cabinet inside its working range\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eHow Do You Set Them Up?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eUnscrew the factory spikes and match the thread. One side of the adaptor goes into the speaker and the other into the GAIA housing. Thread each stud in at least four full turns. Turn the logo to face your seat, then tighten the locking nut against the base of the speaker.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eLift the speaker into place rather than sliding it, since the lower isolators grip the floor. On thick carpet, set a carpet disc under each foot. Level the cabinet, check that the logos still face forward, and play.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003ePairs Well With\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eWhat most GAIA I owners shop next.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;padding-left:1.4em;line-height:1.6;\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.audioadvisor.com\/collections\/speaker-stands\" style=\"color:#8a5a2b;\"\u003eSpeaker stands\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e — get the tweeters to ear height before you isolate\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.audioadvisor.com\/collections\/floor-carpet-protection-discs\" style=\"color:#8a5a2b;\"\u003eFloor and carpet protection discs\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e — a firm footing on carpet or a soft floor\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.audioadvisor.com\/collections\/speaker-cables\" style=\"color:#8a5a2b;\"\u003eSpeaker cables\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e — the next link in the chain after the speakers are settled\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.audioadvisor.com\/collections\/speakers\" style=\"color:#8a5a2b;\"\u003eSpeakers\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e — the bookshelf and desktop models these are made to sit under\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size:1.05em;margin:0.9em 0 0.25em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eHow many do I need?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eFour per speaker, one at each corner, matching the spikes they replace. The GAIA I is sold singly and as a set of four. Order one set per speaker, or eight for a stereo pair.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size:1.05em;margin:0.9em 0 0.25em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eWhich GAIA fits my speakers?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eGo by the weight of one speaker: GAIA III up to 70 pounds, GAIA II up to 120, GAIA I up to 220. Heavier cabinets take the GAIA Titan. The \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/calculator.isoacoustics.com\/\" style=\"color:#8a5a2b;\"\u003eIsoAcoustics online weight selector\u003c\/a\u003e settles borderline weights.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size:1.05em;margin:0.9em 0 0.25em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eWill they fit my speaker's threads?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eAdaptors for M8-1.25, M12-1.25 and 1\/4 inch-20 come in the box. If your speaker uses another size, IsoAcoustics supplies other adaptors. Its thread-size guide shows how to measure the insert.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size:1.05em;margin:0.9em 0 0.25em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eCan I use them on carpet?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eYes. On low pile the lower isolator grips through the carpet. On thicker carpet or an underpad, IsoAcoustics recommends its \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.audioadvisor.com\/products\/isoacoustics-gaia-i-carpet-spikes-set-of-4\" style=\"color:#8a5a2b;\"\u003eGAIA I carpet spikes\u003c\/a\u003e, which give each foot a solid surface.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size:1.05em;margin:0.9em 0 0.25em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eHow much height do they add?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eEach GAIA I stands 1.9 inches tall. It replaces the spike or foot rather than stacking on it, so the net change depends on the spike that came out. Measure before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eSee It in Action\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.5em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eStreaky, a UK mixing engineer, fits GAIA I to his speakers and compares the result with the factory spikes:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ciframe width=\"100%\" height=\"360\" src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/k3ExWnCN5kU\" title=\"DOES SPEAKER ISOLATION WORK? - Isoacoustic Gaia 1 - Streaky\" style=\"border:0;margin:0 0 0.9em 0;display:block;\" allowfullscreen\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eWhy Audio Advisor?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;padding-left:1.4em;line-height:1.6;\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e40+ Years of Expertise — Since 1981, we've helped over a million music lovers find the right gear.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e60-Day Money-Back Guarantee — Take your time. Listen, enjoy, and make sure it's right for you.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReal Experts, Real Help — Our team is here to answer your questions at 800-942-0220, weekdays 9am–6pm EST.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFree Shipping — On orders over $49, delivered to your door.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFlexible Payment Options — Financing available so you can start listening now.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eLearn More\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eWant to learn more about speaker placement, floor types, or vibration control? Visit our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.audioadvisor.com\/blogs\/learning-center\" style=\"color:#8a5a2b;\"\u003eLearning Center\u003c\/a\u003e for guides, tips, and expert advice.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"IsoAcoustics","offers":[{"title":"4 Set \/ New","offer_id":45981152444589,"sku":"NEW-IAGAIAI-4S","price":569.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Each \/ New","offer_id":45981548019885,"sku":"NEW-IAGAIAI-1-EA","price":169.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Each \/ Demo","offer_id":45981548052653,"sku":"DEMO-IAGAIAI-1-EA","price":124.37,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0750\/3708\/1773\/files\/IAGAIAI_1-4-Large__87357.1731599625.1280.1280_116c41be-130b-4db5-a954-ae89b3307268.jpg?v=1778145312"},{"product_id":"isoacoustics-gaia-ii-neo-speaker-isolators-weight-cap-120-lbs-set-of-4","title":"IsoAcoustics GAIA II Neo Speaker Isolators - Weight cap. 120 lbs - Set of 4","description":"\u003cdiv style=\"max-width:720px;margin:0 auto;padding:32px 24px 48px 24px;background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:0 0 0.35em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eThe Mid-Size GAIA Neo, with Height Adjustment Built In\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eThe IsoAcoustics GAIA II Neo is sold as a set of four, in black or dark chrome, and every speaker takes one set. It carries a floorstanding speaker or subwoofer of up to 120 pounds. The feet screw into the inserts the factory spikes came out of, and the height adjusts once the speaker is in place.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eA floorstander pushes its own energy into the floor, and the floor pushes it back into the cabinet. IsoAcoustics designs the GAIA Neo to manage that energy inside the foot. The housing is fixed to the speaker, and only the lower isolator touches the floor.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eThe Second-Generation GAIA, Sized for Everyday Floorstanders\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size:1.05em;margin:0.9em 0 0.25em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eFit, Load and Materials\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eA set of four GAIA II Neo carries 120 pounds, so each foot handles 30. No minimum is published. A foot carrying far less than its rating never reaches its working range. A 150-pound speaker belongs on the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.audioadvisor.com\/products\/isoacoustics-gaia-i-neo-speaker-isolators-weight-cap-220-lbs-set-of-4\" style=\"color:#8a5a2b;\"\u003eGAIA I Neo\u003c\/a\u003e and a 60-pound speaker on the GAIA III Neo. The \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/calculator.isoacoustics.com\/\" style=\"color:#8a5a2b;\"\u003eIsoAcoustics online weight selector\u003c\/a\u003e sorts this by weight.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eEach foot is 2.6 inches across and 2 inches tall, in a metal housing finished in black or dark chrome. Turning the lower ring moves it up to 0.34 inches, so you level the speaker once it is standing. Three thread adaptors are included: M8-1.25, M6-1.0 and 1\/4 inch-20. Other sizes: see the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/isoacoustics.com\/home-audio-isolation-products\/gaia-series\/gaia-thread-sizes\/\" style=\"color:#8a5a2b;\"\u003eGAIA thread-size guide\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eAn O-ring seats the housing flush against the speaker base. The lower isolator pivots to stay in full contact on a floor that is out of true. Floor sliders with felt pads come in the box, so the speaker slides into place on carpet or hardwood before you level it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eWhat Reviewers Are Saying\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003e\u003cem\u003ePopular Science\u003c\/em\u003e named the GAIA Neo speaker isolation feet a winner in its 2025 Audio Awards, with reviewer Tony Ware writing that they “rein in energy loss and unleash imaging.”\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eWho Is the GAIA II Neo Best For?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;padding-left:1.4em;line-height:1.6;\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eYou own floorstanders of 70 to 120 pounds each\u003c\/strong\u003e — a set of four GAIA II Neo carries them inside the working range\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eYour floor is not perfectly level\u003c\/strong\u003e — the lower ring adjusts 0.34 inches per foot with the speaker in place, and the isolator pivots to stay in contact\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eYou move your speakers to tune the room\u003c\/strong\u003e — the included sliders let the cabinet slide into position on carpet or hardwood\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eYou want the feet to look built in\u003c\/strong\u003e — the O-ring seats the housing flush to the base, in black or dark chrome to match the cabinet\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eYour speakers weigh more than 120 pounds each\u003c\/strong\u003e — the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.audioadvisor.com\/products\/isoacoustics-gaia-i-neo-speaker-isolators-weight-cap-220-lbs-set-of-4\" style=\"color:#8a5a2b;\"\u003eGAIA I Neo\u003c\/a\u003e carries 220 pounds a set\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eHow Do You Set Them Up?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eUnscrew the factory spikes and match the thread. One side of the adaptor goes into the speaker and the other into the Neo housing. Screw each foot in until the O-ring seats flush, with the logo facing your seat. Set the sliders under the feet, push the speaker into position, then tilt one side at a time to remove them.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eTurn each lower ring to level the cabinet. On thick carpet, the matching carpet discs give each foot a solid surface to stand on. Check that the logos still face forward, and play.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003ePairs Well With\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eWhat most GAIA II Neo owners shop next.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;padding-left:1.4em;line-height:1.6;\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.audioadvisor.com\/collections\/speaker-stands\" style=\"color:#8a5a2b;\"\u003eSpeaker stands\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e — get the tweeters to ear height before you isolate\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.audioadvisor.com\/collections\/floor-carpet-protection-discs\" style=\"color:#8a5a2b;\"\u003eFloor and carpet protection discs\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e — a firm footing on carpet or a soft floor\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.audioadvisor.com\/collections\/speaker-cables\" style=\"color:#8a5a2b;\"\u003eSpeaker cables\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e — the next link in the chain after the speakers are settled\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.audioadvisor.com\/collections\/speakers\" style=\"color:#8a5a2b;\"\u003eSpeakers\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e — the bookshelf and desktop models these are made to sit under\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size:1.05em;margin:0.9em 0 0.25em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eHow many do I need?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eFour per speaker, one at each corner, matching the spikes they replace. The GAIA II Neo is sold as a set of four, so order one set per speaker or two for a stereo pair.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size:1.05em;margin:0.9em 0 0.25em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eWhich GAIA Neo fits my speakers?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eGo by the weight of one speaker: GAIA III Neo up to 70 pounds, GAIA II Neo up to 120, GAIA I Neo up to 220. The \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/calculator.isoacoustics.com\/\" style=\"color:#8a5a2b;\"\u003eIsoAcoustics online weight selector\u003c\/a\u003e settles borderline weights in a few seconds.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size:1.05em;margin:0.9em 0 0.25em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eWill they fit my speaker's threads?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eAdaptors for M8-1.25, M6-1.0 and 1\/4 inch-20 come in the box. If your speaker uses another size, IsoAcoustics supplies other adaptors. Its thread-size guide shows how to measure the insert.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size:1.05em;margin:0.9em 0 0.25em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eCan I use them on carpet?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eYes. The sliders in the box move the speaker into place on carpet. On thicker carpet or an underpad, IsoAcoustics recommends its \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.audioadvisor.com\/products\/isoacoustics-carpet-discs-for-gaia-ii-neo-set-of-4-black\" style=\"color:#8a5a2b;\"\u003eGAIA II Neo carpet discs\u003c\/a\u003e, which give each foot a solid surface.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 1.25em; margin: 1.4em 0 0.35em 0; font-weight: 600;\"\u003eSee It in Action\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin: 0 0 0.5em 0; line-height: 1.55;\"\u003eIsoAcoustics walks a GAIA Neo installation end to end — unboxing, choosing the right threaded adapter, fitting the isolators and setting the final position:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ciframe width=\"100%\" height=\"360\" src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/pXZZCDHk70E\" title=\"The Official GAIA Neo Official Installation Video Guide\" style=\"border: 0; margin: 0 0 0.9em 0; display: block;\"\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eWhy Audio Advisor?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;padding-left:1.4em;line-height:1.6;\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e40+ Years of Expertise — Since 1981, we've helped over a million music lovers find the right gear.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e60-Day Money-Back Guarantee — Take your time. Listen, enjoy, and make sure it's right for you.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReal Experts, Real Help — Our team is here to answer your questions at 800-942-0220, weekdays 9am–6pm EST.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFree Shipping — On orders over $49, delivered to your door.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFlexible Payment Options — Financing available so you can start listening now.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eLearn More\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eWant to learn more about speaker placement, floor types, or vibration control? Visit our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.audioadvisor.com\/blogs\/learning-center\" style=\"color:#8a5a2b;\"\u003eLearning Center\u003c\/a\u003e for guides, tips, and expert advice.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"IsoAcoustics","offers":[{"title":"Black \/ New","offer_id":45981524852909,"sku":"NEW-IAGAIAIINEO-4S-BLK","price":519.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Dark Chrome \/ New","offer_id":45983222923437,"sku":"NEW-IAGAIAIINEO-4S-DC","price":519.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0750\/3708\/1773\/files\/IAGAIAIINEO-4S-BLK_01_front_set4_2025__90843.1760446994.1280.1280_5c5b9932-6f56-4e60-9aba-f25a7f6d1eb6.jpg?v=1778164514"},{"product_id":"isoacoustics-gaia-ii-speaker-isolator","title":"IsoAcoustics GAIA II Speaker Isolator","description":"\u003cdiv style=\"max-width:720px;margin:0 auto;padding:32px 24px 48px 24px;background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:0 0 0.35em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eThe Mid-Size GAIA for Floorstanders up to 120 Pounds\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eThe IsoAcoustics GAIA II is the middle model of the original GAIA range. It is sold here singly and as a set of four, and each speaker takes four. A set carries a floorstanding speaker or subwoofer of up to 120 pounds. The feet thread into the inserts the factory spikes came out of.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eEvery floorstander pushes energy into the floor, and the floor pushes it back into the cabinet. IsoAcoustics designs the GAIA to manage that energy inside the foot. The housing is fixed to the speaker, and only the lower isolator touches the floor.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eSized for the Floorstanders Most Living Rooms Actually Hold\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size:1.05em;margin:0.9em 0 0.25em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eFit, Load and Materials\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eA set of four GAIA II carries 120 pounds, so each foot handles 30. No minimum is published. A foot carrying far less than its rating never settles into its working range. A 60-pound speaker belongs on the GAIA III and a 150-pound speaker on the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.audioadvisor.com\/products\/isoacoustics-gaia-i-speaker-isolators\" style=\"color:#8a5a2b;\"\u003eGAIA I\u003c\/a\u003e. The \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/calculator.isoacoustics.com\/\" style=\"color:#8a5a2b;\"\u003eIsoAcoustics online weight selector\u003c\/a\u003e sorts this by weight.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eEach GAIA II is 2 inches across and 1.7 inches tall, in a machined dark chrome metal housing. It replaces the spike or foot rather than sitting under it. The change in height depends on what came out. Three thread adaptors are included: M6-1.0, M8-1.25 and 1\/4 inch-20.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eIf your speaker uses another thread, IsoAcoustics supplies other sizes. Its \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/isoacoustics.com\/home-audio-isolation-products\/gaia-series\/gaia-thread-sizes\/\" style=\"color:#8a5a2b;\"\u003eGAIA thread-size guide\u003c\/a\u003e explains how to measure. The lower isolator is made to grip a hard floor. On thick carpet, the matching carpet discs give it a solid surface to stand on.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eWhat Reviewers Are Saying\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eBob Barrett ran GAIA II under his speakers for \u003cem\u003eHomeTheaterReview\u003c\/em\u003e. He wrote: “With every track, I consistently heard tighter bass and lower midrange, with greater focus and depth.”\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eCarlo Lo Rasso reviewed the GAIA II for \u003cem\u003eSecrets of Home Theater and High Fidelity\u003c\/em\u003e. He found them “a noticeable and positive improvement in the sonic performance of the Revel F228Be.”\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003e\u003cem\u003eHi-Fi Choice\u003c\/em\u003e gave the GAIA II a five-star review in 2017, and \u003cem\u003eStereophile\u003c\/em\u003e named the GAIA and OREA isolation feet its Accessory of 2019.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eWho Is the GAIA II Best For?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;padding-left:1.4em;line-height:1.6;\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eYou own floorstanders of 70 to 120 pounds each\u003c\/strong\u003e — four GAIA II per speaker carry them inside the working range\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eYour speakers have threaded spike inserts\u003c\/strong\u003e — the housing screws into the cabinet, so the foot moves with the speaker\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eYour floor is hardwood, tile or laminate\u003c\/strong\u003e — the lower isolator grips a hard surface without spikes marking it\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eYou run a mid-size subwoofer\u003c\/strong\u003e — IsoAcoustics rates the GAIA II for subwoofers up to 120 pounds as well as speakers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eYour speakers weigh more than 120 pounds each\u003c\/strong\u003e — the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.audioadvisor.com\/products\/isoacoustics-gaia-i-speaker-isolators\" style=\"color:#8a5a2b;\"\u003eGAIA I\u003c\/a\u003e carries 220 pounds a set\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eHow Do You Set Them Up?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eUnscrew the factory spikes and match the thread. One side of the adaptor goes into the speaker and the other into the GAIA housing. Thread each stud in at least four full turns. Turn the logo to face your seat, then tighten the locking nut against the base of the speaker.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eLift the speaker into place rather than sliding it, because the lower isolators grip the floor. On thick carpet, set a carpet disc under each foot. Level the cabinet, check that the logos face forward, and play.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003ePairs Well With\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eWhat most GAIA II owners shop next.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;padding-left:1.4em;line-height:1.6;\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.audioadvisor.com\/collections\/speaker-stands\" style=\"color:#8a5a2b;\"\u003eSpeaker stands\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e — get the tweeters to ear height before you isolate\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.audioadvisor.com\/collections\/floor-carpet-protection-discs\" style=\"color:#8a5a2b;\"\u003eFloor and carpet protection discs\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e — a firm footing on carpet or a soft floor\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.audioadvisor.com\/collections\/speaker-cables\" style=\"color:#8a5a2b;\"\u003eSpeaker cables\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e — the next link in the chain after the speakers are settled\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.audioadvisor.com\/collections\/speakers\" style=\"color:#8a5a2b;\"\u003eSpeakers\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e — the bookshelf and desktop models these are made to sit under\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size:1.05em;margin:0.9em 0 0.25em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eHow many do I need?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eFour per speaker, one at each corner, matching the spikes they replace. The GAIA II is sold singly and as a set of four. Order one set per speaker, or eight for a stereo pair.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size:1.05em;margin:0.9em 0 0.25em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eWhich GAIA fits my speakers?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eGo by the weight of one speaker: GAIA III up to 70 pounds, GAIA II up to 120, GAIA I up to 220. The \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/calculator.isoacoustics.com\/\" style=\"color:#8a5a2b;\"\u003eIsoAcoustics online weight selector\u003c\/a\u003e settles borderline weights in a few seconds.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size:1.05em;margin:0.9em 0 0.25em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eWill they fit my speaker's threads?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eAdaptors for M6-1.0, M8-1.25 and 1\/4 inch-20 come in the box. If your speaker uses another size, IsoAcoustics supplies other adaptors. Its thread-size guide shows how to measure the insert.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size:1.05em;margin:0.9em 0 0.25em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eCan I use them on carpet?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eYes. On low pile the lower isolator grips through the carpet. On thicker carpet or an underpad, IsoAcoustics recommends its \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.audioadvisor.com\/products\/isoacoustics-gaia-ii-carpet-disc-set-of-4\" style=\"color:#8a5a2b;\"\u003eGAIA II carpet discs\u003c\/a\u003e, which give each foot a solid surface.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size:1.05em;margin:0.9em 0 0.25em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eHow much height do they add?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eEach GAIA II stands 1.7 inches tall. It replaces the spike or foot rather than stacking on it, so the net change depends on the spike that came out. Measure before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eSee It in Action\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.5em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eIsoAcoustics fits GAIA II to a pair of PSB Imagine T3 floorstanders and shows the thread adaptors and the locking nut in use:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ciframe width=\"100%\" height=\"360\" src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/PGrpfzvHR70\" title=\"How to Install IsoAcoustics GAIA II on PSB T3 Speakers - IsoAcoustics\" style=\"border:0;margin:0 0 0.9em 0;display:block;\" allowfullscreen\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eWhy Audio Advisor?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;padding-left:1.4em;line-height:1.6;\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e40+ Years of Expertise — Since 1981, we've helped over a million music lovers find the right gear.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e60-Day Money-Back Guarantee — Take your time. Listen, enjoy, and make sure it's right for you.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReal Experts, Real Help — Our team is here to answer your questions at 800-942-0220, weekdays 9am–6pm EST.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFree Shipping — On orders over $49, delivered to your door.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFlexible Payment Options — Financing available so you can start listening now.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eLearn More\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eWant to learn more about speaker placement, floor types, or vibration control? Visit our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.audioadvisor.com\/blogs\/learning-center\" style=\"color:#8a5a2b;\"\u003eLearning Center\u003c\/a\u003e for guides, tips, and expert advice.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"IsoAcoustics","offers":[{"title":"4 Set \/ New","offer_id":45982746706093,"sku":"NEW-IAGAIAII-4S","price":339.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Each \/ New","offer_id":45983275188397,"sku":"NEW-IAGAIAII-1","price":104.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0750\/3708\/1773\/files\/IAGAIAII_4_01-Large__04369.1732634311.1280.1280_b25a7e6d-3ba3-4c65-886d-e328d9460f19.jpg?v=1778118678"},{"product_id":"isoacoustics-gaia-iii-speaker-isolators","title":"IsoAcoustics GAIA III Speaker Isolators","description":"\u003cdiv style=\"max-width:720px;margin:0 auto;padding:32px 24px 48px 24px;background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:0 0 0.35em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eThe Compact GAIA for Floorstanders up to 70 Pounds\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eThe IsoAcoustics GAIA III is the smallest of the original GAIA isolators. It is sold here singly and as a set of four, and each speaker takes four. A set carries a floorstanding speaker or subwoofer of up to 70 pounds. The feet screw into the inserts the factory spikes came out of.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eA floorstander drives energy into the floor, and the floor sends it back up into the cabinet. IsoAcoustics designs the GAIA to manage that energy inside the foot. The housing is fixed to the speaker, and only the lower isolator touches the floor.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eThe Right Size for Slim Towers and Small Subwoofers\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size:1.05em;margin:0.9em 0 0.25em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eFit, Load and Materials\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eA set of four GAIA III carries 70 pounds, so each foot handles 17.5. No minimum is published. A foot carrying far less than its rating never settles into its working range. The GAIA III is the lightest GAIA rung. Heavier cabinets step up to the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.audioadvisor.com\/products\/isoacoustics-gaia-ii-speaker-isolator\" style=\"color:#8a5a2b;\"\u003eGAIA II\u003c\/a\u003e, and the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/calculator.isoacoustics.com\/\" style=\"color:#8a5a2b;\"\u003eIsoAcoustics online weight selector\u003c\/a\u003e sorts this by weight.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eEach GAIA III is 1.7 inches across and 1.5 inches tall. \u003cem\u003eHiFi Pig\u003c\/em\u003e describes a stainless steel body, dark chrome plated, over a molded rubber isolator. It replaces the spike or foot rather than sitting under it. Three thread adaptors come in the box: M6-1.0, M8-1.25 and 1\/4 inch-20.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eIf your speaker uses another thread, IsoAcoustics supplies other sizes. Its \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/isoacoustics.com\/home-audio-isolation-products\/gaia-series\/gaia-thread-sizes\/\" style=\"color:#8a5a2b;\"\u003eGAIA thread-size guide\u003c\/a\u003e explains how to measure. The lower isolator is made to grip a hard floor. On thick carpet, the matching carpet discs give each foot a solid surface.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eWhat Reviewers Are Saying\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eDan Worth reviewed the GAIA III for \u003cem\u003eHiFi Pig\u003c\/em\u003e. He wrote that “they allow the speakers to sound more tactile, resolute, spacious and natural, adding tone and timbre and increasing timing performance.”\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eArt Dudley put four GAIA III under the plinth of his Garrard 301 turntable. He told \u003cem\u003eStereophile\u003c\/em\u003e readers that “the difference I heard was beyond my expectations.”\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eWho Is the GAIA III Best For?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;padding-left:1.4em;line-height:1.6;\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eYou own slim floorstanders of 40 to 70 pounds each\u003c\/strong\u003e — four GAIA III per speaker carry them inside the working range\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eYour speakers have threaded spike inserts\u003c\/strong\u003e — the housing screws into the cabinet, so the foot moves with the speaker\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eYour floor is hardwood or tile\u003c\/strong\u003e — the lower isolator grips a hard surface without spikes marking it\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eYou have a compact subwoofer or a heavy turntable plinth\u003c\/strong\u003e — IsoAcoustics rates the GAIA III for subwoofers, and reviewers have used it under turntables\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eYour speakers weigh more than 70 pounds each\u003c\/strong\u003e — the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.audioadvisor.com\/products\/isoacoustics-gaia-ii-speaker-isolator\" style=\"color:#8a5a2b;\"\u003eGAIA II\u003c\/a\u003e carries 120 pounds a set\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eHow Do You Set Them Up?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eUnscrew the factory spikes and match the thread. One side of the adaptor goes into the speaker and the other into the GAIA housing. Thread each stud in at least four full turns. Turn the logo to face your seat, then tighten the locking nut against the speaker base.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eLift the speaker into place rather than sliding it, since the lower isolators grip the floor. On thick carpet, add a carpet disc under each foot. Level the cabinet, check that the logos face forward, and play.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003ePairs Well With\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eWhat most GAIA III owners shop next.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;padding-left:1.4em;line-height:1.6;\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.audioadvisor.com\/collections\/speaker-stands\" style=\"color:#8a5a2b;\"\u003eSpeaker stands\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e — get the tweeters to ear height before you isolate\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.audioadvisor.com\/collections\/floor-carpet-protection-discs\" style=\"color:#8a5a2b;\"\u003eFloor and carpet protection discs\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e — a firm footing on carpet or a soft floor\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.audioadvisor.com\/collections\/speaker-cables\" style=\"color:#8a5a2b;\"\u003eSpeaker cables\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e — the next link in the chain after the speakers are settled\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.audioadvisor.com\/collections\/speakers\" style=\"color:#8a5a2b;\"\u003eSpeakers\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e — the bookshelf and desktop models these are made to sit under\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size:1.05em;margin:0.9em 0 0.25em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eHow many do I need?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eFour per speaker, one at each corner, matching the spikes they replace. The GAIA III is sold singly and as a set of four. Order one set per speaker, or eight for a stereo pair.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size:1.05em;margin:0.9em 0 0.25em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eWhich GAIA fits my speakers?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eGo by the weight of one speaker: GAIA III up to 70 pounds, GAIA II up to 120, GAIA I up to 220. The \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/calculator.isoacoustics.com\/\" style=\"color:#8a5a2b;\"\u003eIsoAcoustics online weight selector\u003c\/a\u003e settles borderline weights.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size:1.05em;margin:0.9em 0 0.25em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eWill they fit my speaker's threads?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eAdaptors for M6-1.0, M8-1.25 and 1\/4 inch-20 come in the box. If your speaker uses another size, IsoAcoustics supplies other adaptors. Its thread-size guide shows how to measure the insert.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size:1.05em;margin:0.9em 0 0.25em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eCan I use them on carpet?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eYes. On low pile the lower isolator grips through the carpet. On thicker carpet or an underpad, IsoAcoustics recommends its \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.audioadvisor.com\/products\/isoacoustics-gaia-iii-carpet-disc-set-of-4\" style=\"color:#8a5a2b;\"\u003eGAIA III carpet discs\u003c\/a\u003e, which give each foot a solid surface.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 1.25em; margin: 1.4em 0 0.35em 0; font-weight: 600;\"\u003eSee It in Action\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin: 0 0 0.5em 0; line-height: 1.55;\"\u003eIsoAcoustics fits GAIA isolators to a floorstanding speaker, then covers moving the speaker into place and the carpet discs:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ciframe width=\"100%\" height=\"360\" src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/TOBFkdNOFzY\" title=\"How to Install \u0026amp; Setup IsoAcoustics GAIA Isolators on Audio Speakers - Hexnut Version\" style=\"border: 0; margin: 0 0 0.9em 0; display: block;\"\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eWhy Audio Advisor?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;padding-left:1.4em;line-height:1.6;\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e40+ Years of Expertise — Since 1981, we've helped over a million music lovers find the right gear.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e60-Day Money-Back Guarantee — Take your time. Listen, enjoy, and make sure it's right for you.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReal Experts, Real Help — Our team is here to answer your questions at 800-942-0220, weekdays 9am–6pm EST.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFree Shipping — On orders over $49, delivered to your door.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFlexible Payment Options — Financing available so you can start listening now.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eLearn More\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eWant to learn more about speaker placement, floor types, or vibration control? Visit our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.audioadvisor.com\/blogs\/learning-center\" style=\"color:#8a5a2b;\"\u003eLearning Center\u003c\/a\u003e for guides, tips, and expert advice.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"IsoAcoustics","offers":[{"title":"4 Set \/ New","offer_id":47416303419565,"sku":"NEW-IAGAIAIII-4S","price":229.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Each \/ New","offer_id":45983037292717,"sku":"NEW-IAGAIAIII-1","price":69.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0750\/3708\/1773\/files\/IAGAIAIII_1_01-Large__62542.1731599353.1280.1280_a1056b42-7a36-489a-b861-5776e4d7ebab.jpg?v=1793820256"},{"product_id":"vibrapod-isolator-isolation-feet-model-1-set-of-four","title":"Vibrapod Isolator Isolation Feet - Model 1 - Set of Four","description":"\u003cdiv style=\"max-width:720px;margin:0 auto;padding:32px 24px 48px 24px;background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:0 0 0.35em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eThe Softest Vibrapod, Made for Components of 8 to 12 Pounds\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eVibrapod Isolators are sold as a set of four. Model 1 suits lighter gear such as a CD player, DAC, preamp or game console. Each pod is made for 2 to 3 pounds, so four carry a component of 8 to 12 pounds with the load spread evenly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eA component's stock feet pass shelf vibration straight into its chassis. Vibrapod designs the Isolators to work in both the vertical and horizontal planes. The component rides on the vinyl pods instead of the shelf.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eFive Stiffnesses, One Size: Match the Pod to the Weight\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size:1.05em;margin:0.9em 0 0.25em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eFit and Load\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eEach Model 1 pod is rated for 2 to 3 pounds, with 2.5 pounds recommended. A set of four suits a component of 8 to 12 pounds, with 10 pounds ideal. Vibrapod calls these ranges minimum and maximum guidelines, with the best loading somewhere inside them.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size:1.05em;margin:0.9em 0 0.25em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eSize and Materials\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eEvery Vibrapod is 9\/16 inch tall and 2 7\/16 inches across, made of vinyl. Vibrapod rates them for 50°F to 100°F.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eThe pods can leave rings on wood, acrylic or painted surfaces and may dissolve lacquer. Vibrapod advises a bar coaster or playing card under each one.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size:1.05em;margin:0.9em 0 0.25em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eChoosing Between the Five Models\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eModel 1 is the softest of five Vibrapod models, and the models differ only in stiffness. It is the choice for the lightest components. Vibrapod says to match the model to the weight of each component.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eVibrapod also says more pods of a lower model usually perform better than fewer pods of a higher model. When a Vibrapod Cone sits on top, use the Isolator's rating for the pair.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eHow Vibrapods Fit Your System\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eVibrapods go under flat areas of a component, near its edges, with more pods near the heaviest spots. Large, flat feet can sit right on a pod's dome. Small feet should not sit in the dome, and spikes placed in the center will have no effect.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eVibrapod says the pods were not designed for use under carpets or rugs, and may not work with air isolation devices. Do not block a component's ventilation holes with the pods.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eWhat Reviewers Are Saying\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003e\u003cem\u003eThe Absolute Sound\u003c\/em\u003e reviewed the Vibrapod Isolators in its June\/July 1999 issue. Reviewer Anna Logg wrote: “Short of a complete megabuck overhaul, I have never heard (or heard of), anything that got that kind of overwhelming, dramatic improvement!”\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eLucio Cadeddu of \u003cem\u003eTNT-Audio\u003c\/em\u003e tested them in January 1999 and called them “one of the best HiFi devices I know.”\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eVibrapod notes the Isolators have been a \u003cem\u003eStereophile\u003c\/em\u003e Recommended Component since October 1998.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eWho Is the Vibrapod Model 1 Best For?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;padding-left:1.4em;line-height:1.6;\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOwners of a CD player, DAC, preamp or game console of 8 to 12 pounds\u003c\/strong\u003e — four Model 1 pods carry it inside their working range.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTurntable owners\u003c\/strong\u003e — Vibrapod calls its pod-and-shelf \"sandwich\" the best way to isolate a turntable.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eComponents heavier on one side\u003c\/strong\u003e — mix models, with a stiffer pod under the heaviest area.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eComponents over 12 pounds\u003c\/strong\u003e — the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.audioadvisor.com\/products\/vibrapod-isolator-isolation-feet-model-2-set-of-four\" style=\"color:#8a5a2b;\"\u003eModel 2\u003c\/a\u003e is the next step up, made for 4 to 8 pounds a pod.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNot for\u003c\/strong\u003e — tall, thin speakers; Vibrapod says they can be knocked over too easily.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eHow Does It Connect to Your System?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;padding-left:1.4em;line-height:1.6;\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWeigh the component, or check its manual, and confirm that 8 to 12 pounds covers it.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOn wood, acrylic or painted surfaces, put a coaster or playing card where each pod will sit.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRaise the component on blocks and slide the pods under flat areas near the edges, spaced evenly.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKeep the pods apart; Vibrapod advises against close triangle groupings where they touch.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFor turntables, tube amps or gear that runs hot, use the sandwich: pods under a light shelf, with the component on top.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVibrapod Isolators come in Models 1 through 5; this listing is Model 1.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003ePairs Well With\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eOther gear for an isolated system:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;padding-left:1.4em;line-height:1.6;\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.audioadvisor.com\/collections\/audio-racks\" style=\"color:#8a5a2b;\"\u003eAudio racks\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e — a level, stable home for your components\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.audioadvisor.com\/collections\/power-conditioners\" style=\"color:#8a5a2b;\"\u003ePower conditioners\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e — cleaner power for the gear you are isolating\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.audioadvisor.com\/collections\/isolation-feet-and-cones\" style=\"color:#8a5a2b;\"\u003eIsolation feet and cones\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e — more options for the rest of the rack\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.audioadvisor.com\/collections\/cables\" style=\"color:#8a5a2b;\"\u003eCables\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e — connect the components you are isolating\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size:1.05em;margin:0.9em 0 0.25em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eWhich Vibrapod model do I need?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eDivide the component's weight by the number of pods you plan to use. If each pod would carry 2 to 3 pounds, Model 1 is the one.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size:1.05em;margin:0.9em 0 0.25em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eHow many pods should I use?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eVibrapod says not to use more than necessary. More pods of a lower model usually beat fewer of a higher model. Its example: for a 20-pound component, eight Model 1s usually perform better than four Model 2s.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size:1.05em;margin:0.9em 0 0.25em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eDo the pods go under the stock feet?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eLarge, flat feet can sit on the pod's dome. Otherwise, place the pods under flat areas of the chassis. If the feet are too tall or the bottom is uneven, use the sandwich method.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size:1.05em;margin:0.9em 0 0.25em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eWhat if a pod gets squashed?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eVibrapod says overloaded pods can be restored by heating them on a flat cookie sheet in an oven at 175°F to 200°F. Let them cool fully before use, and never microwave them.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size:1.05em;margin:0.9em 0 0.25em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eCan I add the Vibrapod Cones?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eYes. The \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.audioadvisor.com\/products\/vibrapod-cone-double-truncated-vinyl-isolation-cone-each\" style=\"color:#8a5a2b;\"\u003eVibrapod Cone\u003c\/a\u003e can be combined with an Isolator. Vibrapod says to size the pair by the Isolator's weight rating.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eSee It in Action\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.5em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eOur own overview of the Vibrapod Isolators shows the pods, how they are placed under a component, and the five models:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ciframe width=\"100%\" height=\"360\" src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/PSl2uB9FCTQ\" title=\"Vibrapod Isolation Feet – Audio Advisor\" style=\"border:0;margin:0 0 0.9em 0;display:block;\" allowfullscreen\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eWhy Audio Advisor?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;padding-left:1.4em;line-height:1.6;\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e40+ Years of Expertise\u003c\/strong\u003e — Since 1981, we've helped over a million music lovers find the right gear.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e60-Day Money-Back Guarantee\u003c\/strong\u003e — Take your time. Listen, enjoy, and make sure it's right for you.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReal Experts, Real Help\u003c\/strong\u003e — Our team is here to answer your questions at 800-942-0220, weekdays 9am–6pm EST.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFree Shipping\u003c\/strong\u003e — On orders over $49, delivered to your door.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFlexible Payment Options\u003c\/strong\u003e — Financing available so you can start listening now.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eLearn More\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eWant to learn more about component isolation, rack setup, or vibration control? Visit our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/learningcenter.audioadvisor.com\/\" style=\"color:#8a5a2b;\"\u003eLearning Center\u003c\/a\u003e for guides, tips, and expert advice.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Vibrapod","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":47140424614061,"sku":"NEW-VBPOD-1","price":24.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0750\/3708\/1773\/files\/VBPOD_01-Large__16798.1725586918.1280.1280_e609b84a-2dd0-4914-8ff2-f81ad4efe6c9.jpg?v=1784817841"},{"product_id":"vibrapod-isolator-isolation-feet-model-3-set-of-four","title":"Vibrapod Isolator Isolation Feet - Model 3 - Set of Four","description":"\u003cdiv style=\"max-width:720px;margin:0 auto;padding:32px 24px 48px 24px;background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:0 0 0.35em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eThe Middle Vibrapod, for Components of 32 to 48 Pounds\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eVibrapod Isolators are sold as a set of four. Model 3 suits medium-weight amps, DACs, transports and turntables. Each pod is made for 8 to 12 pounds, so four carry a component of 32 to 48 pounds with the load spread evenly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eA component's stock feet pass shelf vibration straight into its chassis. Vibrapod designs the Isolators to work in both the vertical and horizontal planes. The component rides on the vinyl pods instead of the shelf.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eFive Stiffnesses, One Size: Match the Pod to the Weight\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size:1.05em;margin:0.9em 0 0.25em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eFit and Load\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eEach Model 3 pod is rated for 8 to 12 pounds, with 10 pounds recommended. A set of four suits a component of 32 to 48 pounds, with 40 pounds ideal. Vibrapod calls these ranges minimum and maximum guidelines, with the best loading somewhere inside them.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size:1.05em;margin:0.9em 0 0.25em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eSize and Materials\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eEvery Vibrapod is 9\/16 inch tall and 2 7\/16 inches across, made of vinyl. Vibrapod rates them for 50°F to 100°F.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eThe pods can leave rings on wood, acrylic or painted surfaces and may dissolve lacquer. Vibrapod advises a bar coaster or playing card under each one.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size:1.05em;margin:0.9em 0 0.25em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eChoosing Between the Five Models\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eModel 3 is the middle of five Vibrapod models, and the models differ only in stiffness. A lighter component belongs on the Model 2, made for 4 to 8 pounds a pod. Vibrapod says to match the model to the weight of each component.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eVibrapod also says more pods of a lower model usually perform better than fewer pods of a higher model. When a Vibrapod Cone sits on top, use the Isolator's rating for the pair.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eHow Vibrapods Fit Your System\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eVibrapods go under flat areas of a component, near its edges, with more pods near the heaviest spots. Large, flat feet can sit right on a pod's dome. Small feet should not sit in the dome, and spikes placed in the center will have no effect.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eVibrapod says the pods were not designed for use under carpets or rugs, and may not work with air isolation devices. Do not block a component's ventilation holes with the pods.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eWhat Reviewers Are Saying\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003e\u003cem\u003eThe Absolute Sound\u003c\/em\u003e reviewed the Vibrapod Isolators in its June\/July 1999 issue. Reviewer Anna Logg wrote: “Short of a complete megabuck overhaul, I have never heard (or heard of), anything that got that kind of overwhelming, dramatic improvement!”\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eLucio Cadeddu of \u003cem\u003eTNT-Audio\u003c\/em\u003e tested them in January 1999 and called them “one of the best HiFi devices I know.”\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eVibrapod notes the Isolators have been a \u003cem\u003eStereophile\u003c\/em\u003e Recommended Component since October 1998.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eWho Is the Vibrapod Model 3 Best For?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;padding-left:1.4em;line-height:1.6;\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOwners of a medium-weight amp, DAC, transport or turntable of 32 to 48 pounds\u003c\/strong\u003e — four Model 3 pods carry it inside their working range.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTurntable owners\u003c\/strong\u003e — Vibrapod calls its pod-and-shelf \"sandwich\" the best way to isolate a turntable.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eComponents heavier on one side\u003c\/strong\u003e — mix models, with a stiffer pod under the heaviest area.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eComponents over 48 pounds\u003c\/strong\u003e — the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.audioadvisor.com\/products\/vibrapod-isolator-isolation-feet-model-4-set-of-four\" style=\"color:#8a5a2b;\"\u003eModel 4\u003c\/a\u003e is the next step up, made for 14 to 18 pounds a pod.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNot for\u003c\/strong\u003e — tall, thin speakers; Vibrapod says they can be knocked over too easily.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eHow Does It Connect to Your System?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;padding-left:1.4em;line-height:1.6;\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWeigh the component, or check its manual, and confirm that 32 to 48 pounds covers it.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOn wood, acrylic or painted surfaces, put a coaster or playing card where each pod will sit.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRaise the component on blocks and slide the pods under flat areas near the edges, spaced evenly.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKeep the pods apart; Vibrapod advises against close triangle groupings where they touch.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFor turntables, tube amps or gear that runs hot, use the sandwich: pods under a light shelf, with the component on top.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVibrapod Isolators come in Models 1 through 5; this listing is Model 3.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003ePairs Well With\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eOther gear for an isolated system:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;padding-left:1.4em;line-height:1.6;\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.audioadvisor.com\/collections\/audio-racks\" style=\"color:#8a5a2b;\"\u003eAudio racks\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e — a level, stable home for your components\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.audioadvisor.com\/collections\/power-conditioners\" style=\"color:#8a5a2b;\"\u003ePower conditioners\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e — cleaner power for the gear you are isolating\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.audioadvisor.com\/collections\/isolation-feet-and-cones\" style=\"color:#8a5a2b;\"\u003eIsolation feet and cones\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e — more options for the rest of the rack\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.audioadvisor.com\/collections\/cables\" style=\"color:#8a5a2b;\"\u003eCables\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e — connect the components you are isolating\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size:1.05em;margin:0.9em 0 0.25em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eWhich Vibrapod model do I need?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eDivide the component's weight by the number of pods you plan to use. If each pod would carry 8 to 12 pounds, Model 3 is the one.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size:1.05em;margin:0.9em 0 0.25em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eHow many pods should I use?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eVibrapod says not to use more than necessary. More pods of a lower model usually beat fewer of a higher model. Its example: for a 20-pound component, eight Model 1s usually perform better than four Model 2s.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size:1.05em;margin:0.9em 0 0.25em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eDo the pods go under the stock feet?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eLarge, flat feet can sit on the pod's dome. Otherwise, place the pods under flat areas of the chassis. If the feet are too tall or the bottom is uneven, use the sandwich method.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size:1.05em;margin:0.9em 0 0.25em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eWhat if a pod gets squashed?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eVibrapod says overloaded pods can be restored by heating them on a flat cookie sheet in an oven at 175°F to 200°F. Let them cool fully before use, and never microwave them.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size:1.05em;margin:0.9em 0 0.25em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eCan I add the Vibrapod Cones?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eYes. The \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.audioadvisor.com\/products\/vibrapod-cone-double-truncated-vinyl-isolation-cone-each\" style=\"color:#8a5a2b;\"\u003eVibrapod Cone\u003c\/a\u003e can be combined with an Isolator. Vibrapod says to size the pair by the Isolator's weight rating.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eSee It in Action\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.5em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eOur own overview of the Vibrapod Isolators shows the pods, how they are placed under a component, and the five models:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ciframe width=\"100%\" height=\"360\" src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/PSl2uB9FCTQ\" title=\"Vibrapod Isolation Feet – Audio Advisor\" style=\"border:0;margin:0 0 0.9em 0;display:block;\" allowfullscreen\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eWhy Audio Advisor?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;padding-left:1.4em;line-height:1.6;\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e40+ Years of Expertise\u003c\/strong\u003e — Since 1981, we've helped over a million music lovers find the right gear.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e60-Day Money-Back Guarantee\u003c\/strong\u003e — Take your time. Listen, enjoy, and make sure it's right for you.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReal Experts, Real Help\u003c\/strong\u003e — Our team is here to answer your questions at 800-942-0220, weekdays 9am–6pm EST.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFree Shipping\u003c\/strong\u003e — On orders over $49, delivered to your door.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFlexible Payment Options\u003c\/strong\u003e — Financing available so you can start listening now.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eLearn More\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eWant to learn more about component isolation, rack setup, or vibration control? Visit our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/learningcenter.audioadvisor.com\/\" style=\"color:#8a5a2b;\"\u003eLearning Center\u003c\/a\u003e for guides, tips, and expert advice.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Vibrapod","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":47140424679597,"sku":"NEW-VBPOD-3","price":24.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0750\/3708\/1773\/files\/VBPOD_01-Large__16798.1725586918.1280.1280_e609b84a-2dd0-4914-8ff2-f81ad4efe6c9.jpg?v=1784817841"},{"product_id":"vibrapod-isolator-isolation-feet-model-2-set-of-four","title":"Vibrapod Isolator Isolation Feet - Model 2 - Set of Four","description":"\u003cdiv style=\"max-width:720px;margin:0 auto;padding:32px 24px 48px 24px;background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:0 0 0.35em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eFour Vibrapods Tuned for a Component of 16 to 32 Pounds\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eVibrapod Isolators are sold as a set of four. Model 2 suits gear such as a CD player, DAC, preamp or integrated amp. Each pod is made for 4 to 8 pounds, so four carry a component of 16 to 32 pounds with the load spread evenly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eA component's stock feet pass shelf vibration straight into its chassis. Vibrapod designs the Isolators to work in both the vertical and horizontal planes. The component rides on the vinyl pods instead of the shelf.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eFive Stiffnesses, One Size: Match the Pod to the Weight\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size:1.05em;margin:0.9em 0 0.25em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eFit and Load\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eEach Model 2 pod is rated for 4 to 8 pounds, with 6 pounds recommended. A set of four suits a component of 16 to 32 pounds, with 24 pounds ideal. Vibrapod calls these ranges minimum and maximum guidelines, with the best loading somewhere inside them.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size:1.05em;margin:0.9em 0 0.25em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eSize and Materials\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eEvery Vibrapod is 9\/16 inch tall and 2 7\/16 inches across, made of vinyl. Vibrapod rates them for 50°F to 100°F.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eThe pods can leave rings on wood, acrylic or painted surfaces and may dissolve lacquer. Vibrapod advises a bar coaster or playing card under each one.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size:1.05em;margin:0.9em 0 0.25em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eChoosing Between the Five Models\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eModel 2 is the second-softest of five Vibrapod models, and the models differ only in stiffness. A lighter component belongs on the Model 1, made for 2 to 3 pounds a pod. Vibrapod says to match the model to the weight of each component.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eVibrapod also says more pods of a lower model usually perform better than fewer pods of a higher model. When a Vibrapod Cone sits on top, use the Isolator's rating for the pair.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eHow Vibrapods Fit Your System\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eVibrapods go under flat areas of a component, near its edges, with more pods near the heaviest spots. Large, flat feet can sit right on a pod's dome. Small feet should not sit in the dome, and spikes placed in the center will have no effect.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eVibrapod says the pods were not designed for use under carpets or rugs, and may not work with air isolation devices. Do not block a component's ventilation holes with the pods.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eWhat Reviewers Are Saying\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003e\u003cem\u003eThe Absolute Sound\u003c\/em\u003e reviewed the Vibrapod Isolators in its June\/July 1999 issue. Reviewer Anna Logg wrote: “Short of a complete megabuck overhaul, I have never heard (or heard of), anything that got that kind of overwhelming, dramatic improvement!”\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eLucio Cadeddu of \u003cem\u003eTNT-Audio\u003c\/em\u003e tested them in January 1999 and called them “one of the best HiFi devices I know.”\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eVibrapod notes the Isolators have been a \u003cem\u003eStereophile\u003c\/em\u003e Recommended Component since October 1998.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eWho Is the Vibrapod Model 2 Best For?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;padding-left:1.4em;line-height:1.6;\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOwners of a CD player, DAC, preamp or integrated amp of 16 to 32 pounds\u003c\/strong\u003e — four Model 2 pods carry it inside their working range.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTurntable owners\u003c\/strong\u003e — Vibrapod calls its pod-and-shelf \"sandwich\" the best way to isolate a turntable.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eComponents heavier on one side\u003c\/strong\u003e — mix models, with a stiffer pod under the heaviest area.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eComponents over 32 pounds\u003c\/strong\u003e — the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.audioadvisor.com\/products\/vibrapod-isolator-isolation-feet-model-3-set-of-four\" style=\"color:#8a5a2b;\"\u003eModel 3\u003c\/a\u003e is the next step up, made for 8 to 12 pounds a pod.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNot for\u003c\/strong\u003e — tall, thin speakers; Vibrapod says they can be knocked over too easily.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eHow Does It Connect to Your System?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;padding-left:1.4em;line-height:1.6;\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWeigh the component, or check its manual, and confirm that 16 to 32 pounds covers it.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOn wood, acrylic or painted surfaces, put a coaster or playing card where each pod will sit.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRaise the component on blocks and slide the pods under flat areas near the edges, spaced evenly.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKeep the pods apart; Vibrapod advises against close triangle groupings where they touch.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFor turntables, tube amps or gear that runs hot, use the sandwich: pods under a light shelf, with the component on top.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVibrapod Isolators come in Models 1 through 5; this listing is Model 2.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003ePairs Well With\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eOther gear for an isolated system:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;padding-left:1.4em;line-height:1.6;\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.audioadvisor.com\/collections\/audio-racks\" style=\"color:#8a5a2b;\"\u003eAudio racks\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e — a level, stable home for your components\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.audioadvisor.com\/collections\/power-conditioners\" style=\"color:#8a5a2b;\"\u003ePower conditioners\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e — cleaner power for the gear you are isolating\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.audioadvisor.com\/collections\/isolation-feet-and-cones\" style=\"color:#8a5a2b;\"\u003eIsolation feet and cones\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e — more options for the rest of the rack\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.audioadvisor.com\/collections\/cables\" style=\"color:#8a5a2b;\"\u003eCables\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e — connect the components you are isolating\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size:1.05em;margin:0.9em 0 0.25em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eWhich Vibrapod model do I need?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eDivide the component's weight by the number of pods you plan to use. If each pod would carry 4 to 8 pounds, Model 2 is the one.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size:1.05em;margin:0.9em 0 0.25em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eHow many pods should I use?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eVibrapod says not to use more than necessary. More pods of a lower model usually beat fewer of a higher model. Its example: for a 20-pound component, eight Model 1s usually perform better than four Model 2s.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size:1.05em;margin:0.9em 0 0.25em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eDo the pods go under the stock feet?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eLarge, flat feet can sit on the pod's dome. Otherwise, place the pods under flat areas of the chassis. If the feet are too tall or the bottom is uneven, use the sandwich method.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size:1.05em;margin:0.9em 0 0.25em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eWhat if a pod gets squashed?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eVibrapod says overloaded pods can be restored by heating them on a flat cookie sheet in an oven at 175°F to 200°F. Let them cool fully before use, and never microwave them.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size:1.05em;margin:0.9em 0 0.25em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eCan I add the Vibrapod Cones?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eYes. The \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.audioadvisor.com\/products\/vibrapod-cone-double-truncated-vinyl-isolation-cone-each\" style=\"color:#8a5a2b;\"\u003eVibrapod Cone\u003c\/a\u003e can be combined with an Isolator. Vibrapod says to size the pair by the Isolator's weight rating.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eSee It in Action\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.5em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eOur own overview of the Vibrapod Isolators shows the pods, how they are placed under a component, and the five models:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ciframe width=\"100%\" height=\"360\" src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/PSl2uB9FCTQ\" title=\"Vibrapod Isolation Feet – Audio Advisor\" style=\"border:0;margin:0 0 0.9em 0;display:block;\" allowfullscreen\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eWhy Audio Advisor?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;padding-left:1.4em;line-height:1.6;\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e40+ Years of Expertise\u003c\/strong\u003e — Since 1981, we've helped over a million music lovers find the right gear.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e60-Day Money-Back Guarantee\u003c\/strong\u003e — Take your time. Listen, enjoy, and make sure it's right for you.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReal Experts, Real Help\u003c\/strong\u003e — Our team is here to answer your questions at 800-942-0220, weekdays 9am–6pm EST.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFree Shipping\u003c\/strong\u003e — On orders over $49, delivered to your door.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFlexible Payment Options\u003c\/strong\u003e — Financing available so you can start listening now.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eLearn More\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eWant to learn more about component isolation, rack setup, or vibration control? Visit our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/learningcenter.audioadvisor.com\/\" style=\"color:#8a5a2b;\"\u003eLearning Center\u003c\/a\u003e for guides, tips, and expert advice.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Vibrapod","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":47140662214829,"sku":"NEW-VBPOD-2","price":24.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0750\/3708\/1773\/files\/VBPOD_01-Large__16798.1725586918.1280.1280_e609b84a-2dd0-4914-8ff2-f81ad4efe6c9.jpg?v=1784817841"},{"product_id":"vibrapod-isolator-isolation-feet-model-4-set-of-four","title":"Vibrapod Isolator Isolation Feet - Model 4 - Set of Four","description":"\u003cdiv style=\"max-width:720px;margin:0 auto;padding:32px 24px 48px 24px;background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:0 0 0.35em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eA Firmer Vibrapod for Heavy Components of 56 to 72 Pounds\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eVibrapod Isolators are sold as a set of four. Model 4 suits heavy amps, DACs, transports and turntables. Each pod is made for 14 to 18 pounds, so four carry a component of 56 to 72 pounds with the load spread evenly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eA component's stock feet pass shelf vibration straight into its chassis. Vibrapod designs the Isolators to work in both the vertical and horizontal planes. The component rides on the vinyl pods instead of the shelf.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eFive Stiffnesses, One Size: Match the Pod to the Weight\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size:1.05em;margin:0.9em 0 0.25em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eFit and Load\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eEach Model 4 pod is rated for 14 to 18 pounds, with 16 pounds recommended. A set of four suits a component of 56 to 72 pounds, with 64 pounds ideal. Vibrapod calls these ranges minimum and maximum guidelines, with the best loading somewhere inside them.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size:1.05em;margin:0.9em 0 0.25em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eSize and Materials\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eEvery Vibrapod is 9\/16 inch tall and 2 7\/16 inches across, made of vinyl. Vibrapod rates them for 50°F to 100°F.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eThe pods can leave rings on wood, acrylic or painted surfaces and may dissolve lacquer. Vibrapod advises a bar coaster or playing card under each one.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size:1.05em;margin:0.9em 0 0.25em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eChoosing Between the Five Models\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eModel 4 is the second-stiffest of five Vibrapod models, and the models differ only in stiffness. A lighter component belongs on the Model 3, made for 8 to 12 pounds a pod. Vibrapod says to match the model to the weight of each component.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eVibrapod also says more pods of a lower model usually perform better than fewer pods of a higher model. When a Vibrapod Cone sits on top, use the Isolator's rating for the pair.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eHow Vibrapods Fit Your System\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eVibrapods go under flat areas of a component, near its edges, with more pods near the heaviest spots. Large, flat feet can sit right on a pod's dome. Small feet should not sit in the dome, and spikes placed in the center will have no effect.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eVibrapod says the pods were not designed for use under carpets or rugs, and may not work with air isolation devices. Do not block a component's ventilation holes with the pods.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eWhat Reviewers Are Saying\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003e\u003cem\u003eThe Absolute Sound\u003c\/em\u003e reviewed the Vibrapod Isolators in its June\/July 1999 issue. Reviewer Anna Logg wrote: “Short of a complete megabuck overhaul, I have never heard (or heard of), anything that got that kind of overwhelming, dramatic improvement!”\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eLucio Cadeddu of \u003cem\u003eTNT-Audio\u003c\/em\u003e tested them in January 1999 and called them “one of the best HiFi devices I know.”\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eVibrapod notes the Isolators have been a \u003cem\u003eStereophile\u003c\/em\u003e Recommended Component since October 1998.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eWho Is the Vibrapod Model 4 Best For?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;padding-left:1.4em;line-height:1.6;\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOwners of a heavy amp, DAC, transport or turntable of 56 to 72 pounds\u003c\/strong\u003e — four Model 4 pods carry it inside their working range.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTurntable owners\u003c\/strong\u003e — Vibrapod calls its pod-and-shelf \"sandwich\" the best way to isolate a turntable.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eComponents heavier on one side\u003c\/strong\u003e — mix models, with a stiffer pod under the heaviest area.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eComponents over 72 pounds\u003c\/strong\u003e — the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.audioadvisor.com\/products\/vibrapod-isolator-isolation-feet-model-5-set-of-four\" style=\"color:#8a5a2b;\"\u003eModel 5\u003c\/a\u003e is the next step up, made for 22 to 28 pounds a pod.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNot for\u003c\/strong\u003e — tall, thin speakers; Vibrapod says they can be knocked over too easily.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eHow Does It Connect to Your System?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;padding-left:1.4em;line-height:1.6;\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWeigh the component, or check its manual, and confirm that 56 to 72 pounds covers it.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOn wood, acrylic or painted surfaces, put a coaster or playing card where each pod will sit.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRaise the component on blocks and slide the pods under flat areas near the edges, spaced evenly.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKeep the pods apart; Vibrapod advises against close triangle groupings where they touch.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFor turntables, tube amps or gear that runs hot, use the sandwich: pods under a light shelf, with the component on top.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVibrapod Isolators come in Models 1 through 5; this listing is Model 4.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003ePairs Well With\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eOther gear for an isolated system:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;padding-left:1.4em;line-height:1.6;\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.audioadvisor.com\/collections\/audio-racks\" style=\"color:#8a5a2b;\"\u003eAudio racks\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e — a level, stable home for your components\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.audioadvisor.com\/collections\/power-conditioners\" style=\"color:#8a5a2b;\"\u003ePower conditioners\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e — cleaner power for the gear you are isolating\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.audioadvisor.com\/collections\/isolation-feet-and-cones\" style=\"color:#8a5a2b;\"\u003eIsolation feet and cones\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e — more options for the rest of the rack\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.audioadvisor.com\/collections\/cables\" style=\"color:#8a5a2b;\"\u003eCables\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e — connect the components you are isolating\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size:1.05em;margin:0.9em 0 0.25em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eWhich Vibrapod model do I need?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eDivide the component's weight by the number of pods you plan to use. If each pod would carry 14 to 18 pounds, Model 4 is the one.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size:1.05em;margin:0.9em 0 0.25em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eHow many pods should I use?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eVibrapod says not to use more than necessary. More pods of a lower model usually beat fewer of a higher model. Its example: for a 20-pound component, eight Model 1s usually perform better than four Model 2s.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size:1.05em;margin:0.9em 0 0.25em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eDo the pods go under the stock feet?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eLarge, flat feet can sit on the pod's dome. Otherwise, place the pods under flat areas of the chassis. If the feet are too tall or the bottom is uneven, use the sandwich method.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size:1.05em;margin:0.9em 0 0.25em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eWhat if a pod gets squashed?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eVibrapod says overloaded pods can be restored by heating them on a flat cookie sheet in an oven at 175°F to 200°F. Let them cool fully before use, and never microwave them.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size:1.05em;margin:0.9em 0 0.25em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eCan I add the Vibrapod Cones?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eYes. The \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.audioadvisor.com\/products\/vibrapod-cone-double-truncated-vinyl-isolation-cone-each\" style=\"color:#8a5a2b;\"\u003eVibrapod Cone\u003c\/a\u003e can be combined with an Isolator. Vibrapod says to size the pair by the Isolator's weight rating.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eSee It in Action\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.5em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eOur own overview of the Vibrapod Isolators shows the pods, how they are placed under a component, and the five models:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ciframe width=\"100%\" height=\"360\" src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/PSl2uB9FCTQ\" title=\"Vibrapod Isolation Feet – Audio Advisor\" style=\"border:0;margin:0 0 0.9em 0;display:block;\" allowfullscreen\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eWhy Audio Advisor?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;padding-left:1.4em;line-height:1.6;\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e40+ Years of Expertise\u003c\/strong\u003e — Since 1981, we've helped over a million music lovers find the right gear.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e60-Day Money-Back Guarantee\u003c\/strong\u003e — Take your time. Listen, enjoy, and make sure it's right for you.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReal Experts, Real Help\u003c\/strong\u003e — Our team is here to answer your questions at 800-942-0220, weekdays 9am–6pm EST.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFree Shipping\u003c\/strong\u003e — On orders over $49, delivered to your door.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFlexible Payment Options\u003c\/strong\u003e — Financing available so you can start listening now.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eLearn More\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eWant to learn more about component isolation, rack setup, or vibration control? Visit our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/learningcenter.audioadvisor.com\/\" style=\"color:#8a5a2b;\"\u003eLearning Center\u003c\/a\u003e for guides, tips, and expert advice.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Vibrapod","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":47144500363437,"sku":"NEW-VBPOD-4","price":24.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0750\/3708\/1773\/files\/VBPOD_01-Large__16798.1725586918.1280.1280_e609b84a-2dd0-4914-8ff2-f81ad4efe6c9.jpg?v=1784817841"},{"product_id":"salamander-synergy-stiletto-feet-set-of","title":"Salamander Synergy Stiletto Feet","description":"\u003ch4\u003eStylish Machined Aluminum Feet for Synergy\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp align=\"justify\"\u003eSalamander Stiletto Feet are made of precision-machined solid aluminum to create a sleek, finished look. They provide an additional five inches in height and are available in sets of four or six to easily fit any Synergy unit. Weight capacity is 400 lbs. The package includes feet, hardware, hex key wrench, and protective pads. Choose aluminum or black anodized finish.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cimg style=\"vertical-align: middle; padding-right: 5px;\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0750\/3708\/1773\/files\/p65-warning-icon.png\" alt=\"warning icon\" width=\"25\" height=\"25\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"font-weight: bold; font-size: 14px;\"\u003eWARNING:\u003c\/span\u003e Cancer and Reproductive Harm - \u003ca style=\"text-decoration: none; color: #2f84eb;\" title=\"California Proposition 65 link\" href=\"https:\/\/www.p65warnings.ca.gov\/\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003ewww.P65Warnings.ca.gov\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Salamander","offers":[{"title":"Aluminum \/ 4 Set \/ New","offer_id":45981888020653,"sku":"NEW-SMSASF-ALU-4S","price":169.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Aluminum \/ 6 Set \/ New","offer_id":45981937172653,"sku":"NEW-SMSASF-ALU-6S","price":229.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Black \/ 6 Set \/ New","offer_id":45982132469933,"sku":"NEW-SMSASF-BLK-6S","price":249.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Black \/ 4 Set \/ New","offer_id":45983269748909,"sku":"NEW-SMSASF-BLK-4S","price":169.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0750\/3708\/1773\/files\/SMSASF_4ALM_01-Large__65316.1691521793.1280.1280_f10ca4c1-cb33-47ac-83b6-9ccc41371435.jpg?v=1778136620"},{"product_id":"isoacoustics-gaia-iii-speaker-isolators-set-of-4","title":"IsoAcoustics GAIA III Speaker Isolators - Set of 4","description":"\u003cdiv style=\"max-width:720px;margin:0 auto;padding:32px 24px 48px 24px;background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:0 0 0.35em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eThe Compact GAIA for Floorstanders up to 70 Pounds\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eThe IsoAcoustics GAIA III is the smallest of the original GAIA isolators. It is sold here singly and as a set of four, and each speaker takes four. A set carries a floorstanding speaker or subwoofer of up to 70 pounds. The feet screw into the inserts the factory spikes came out of.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eA floorstander drives energy into the floor, and the floor sends it back up into the cabinet. IsoAcoustics designs the GAIA to manage that energy inside the foot. The housing is fixed to the speaker, and only the lower isolator touches the floor.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eThe Right Size for Slim Towers and Small Subwoofers\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size:1.05em;margin:0.9em 0 0.25em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eFit, Load and Materials\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eA set of four GAIA III carries 70 pounds, so each foot handles 17.5. No minimum is published. A foot carrying far less than its rating never settles into its working range. The GAIA III is the lightest GAIA rung. Heavier cabinets step up to the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.audioadvisor.com\/products\/isoacoustics-gaia-ii-speaker-isolator\" style=\"color:#8a5a2b;\"\u003eGAIA II\u003c\/a\u003e, and the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/calculator.isoacoustics.com\/\" style=\"color:#8a5a2b;\"\u003eIsoAcoustics online weight selector\u003c\/a\u003e sorts this by weight.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eEach GAIA III is 1.7 inches across and 1.5 inches tall. \u003cem\u003eHiFi Pig\u003c\/em\u003e describes a stainless steel body, dark chrome plated, over a molded rubber isolator. It replaces the spike or foot rather than sitting under it. Three thread adaptors come in the box: M6-1.0, M8-1.25 and 1\/4 inch-20.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eIf your speaker uses another thread, IsoAcoustics supplies other sizes. Its \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/isoacoustics.com\/home-audio-isolation-products\/gaia-series\/gaia-thread-sizes\/\" style=\"color:#8a5a2b;\"\u003eGAIA thread-size guide\u003c\/a\u003e explains how to measure. The lower isolator is made to grip a hard floor. On thick carpet, the matching carpet discs give each foot a solid surface.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eWhat Reviewers Are Saying\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eDan Worth reviewed the GAIA III for \u003cem\u003eHiFi Pig\u003c\/em\u003e. He wrote that “they allow the speakers to sound more tactile, resolute, spacious and natural, adding tone and timbre and increasing timing performance.”\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eArt Dudley put four GAIA III under the plinth of his Garrard 301 turntable. He told \u003cem\u003eStereophile\u003c\/em\u003e readers that “the difference I heard was beyond my expectations.”\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eWho Is the GAIA III Best For?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;padding-left:1.4em;line-height:1.6;\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eYou own slim floorstanders of 40 to 70 pounds each\u003c\/strong\u003e — four GAIA III per speaker carry them inside the working range\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eYour speakers have threaded spike inserts\u003c\/strong\u003e — the housing screws into the cabinet, so the foot moves with the speaker\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eYour floor is hardwood or tile\u003c\/strong\u003e — the lower isolator grips a hard surface without spikes marking it\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eYou have a compact subwoofer or a heavy turntable plinth\u003c\/strong\u003e — IsoAcoustics rates the GAIA III for subwoofers, and reviewers have used it under turntables\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eYour speakers weigh more than 70 pounds each\u003c\/strong\u003e — the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.audioadvisor.com\/products\/isoacoustics-gaia-ii-speaker-isolator\" style=\"color:#8a5a2b;\"\u003eGAIA II\u003c\/a\u003e carries 120 pounds a set\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eHow Do You Set Them Up?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eUnscrew the factory spikes and match the thread. One side of the adaptor goes into the speaker and the other into the GAIA housing. Thread each stud in at least four full turns. Turn the logo to face your seat, then tighten the locking nut against the speaker base.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eLift the speaker into place rather than sliding it, since the lower isolators grip the floor. On thick carpet, add a carpet disc under each foot. Level the cabinet, check that the logos face forward, and play.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003ePairs Well With\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eWhat most GAIA III owners shop next.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;padding-left:1.4em;line-height:1.6;\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.audioadvisor.com\/collections\/speaker-stands\" style=\"color:#8a5a2b;\"\u003eSpeaker stands\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e — get the tweeters to ear height before you isolate\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.audioadvisor.com\/collections\/floor-carpet-protection-discs\" style=\"color:#8a5a2b;\"\u003eFloor and carpet protection discs\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e — a firm footing on carpet or a soft floor\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.audioadvisor.com\/collections\/speaker-cables\" style=\"color:#8a5a2b;\"\u003eSpeaker cables\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e — the next link in the chain after the speakers are settled\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.audioadvisor.com\/collections\/speakers\" style=\"color:#8a5a2b;\"\u003eSpeakers\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e — the bookshelf and desktop models these are made to sit under\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size:1.05em;margin:0.9em 0 0.25em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eHow many do I need?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eFour per speaker, one at each corner, matching the spikes they replace. The GAIA III is sold singly and as a set of four. Order one set per speaker, or eight for a stereo pair.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size:1.05em;margin:0.9em 0 0.25em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eWhich GAIA fits my speakers?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eGo by the weight of one speaker: GAIA III up to 70 pounds, GAIA II up to 120, GAIA I up to 220. The \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/calculator.isoacoustics.com\/\" style=\"color:#8a5a2b;\"\u003eIsoAcoustics online weight selector\u003c\/a\u003e settles borderline weights.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size:1.05em;margin:0.9em 0 0.25em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eWill they fit my speaker's threads?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eAdaptors for M6-1.0, M8-1.25 and 1\/4 inch-20 come in the box. If your speaker uses another size, IsoAcoustics supplies other adaptors. Its thread-size guide shows how to measure the insert.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size:1.05em;margin:0.9em 0 0.25em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eCan I use them on carpet?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eYes. On low pile the lower isolator grips through the carpet. On thicker carpet or an underpad, IsoAcoustics recommends its \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.audioadvisor.com\/products\/isoacoustics-gaia-iii-carpet-disc-set-of-4\" style=\"color:#8a5a2b;\"\u003eGAIA III carpet discs\u003c\/a\u003e, which give each foot a solid surface.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 1.25em; margin: 1.4em 0 0.35em 0; font-weight: 600;\"\u003eSee It in Action\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin: 0 0 0.5em 0; line-height: 1.55;\"\u003eIsoAcoustics fits GAIA isolators to a floorstanding speaker, then covers moving the speaker into place and the carpet discs:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ciframe width=\"100%\" height=\"360\" src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/TOBFkdNOFzY\" title=\"How to Install \u0026amp; Setup IsoAcoustics GAIA Isolators on Audio Speakers - Hexnut Version\" style=\"border: 0; margin: 0 0 0.9em 0; display: block;\"\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eWhy Audio Advisor?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;padding-left:1.4em;line-height:1.6;\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e40+ Years of Expertise — Since 1981, we've helped over a million music lovers find the right gear.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e60-Day Money-Back Guarantee — Take your time. Listen, enjoy, and make sure it's right for you.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReal Experts, Real Help — Our team is here to answer your questions at 800-942-0220, weekdays 9am–6pm EST.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFree Shipping — On orders over $49, delivered to your door.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFlexible Payment Options — Financing available so you can start listening now.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eLearn More\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eWant to learn more about speaker placement, floor types, or vibration control? Visit our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.audioadvisor.com\/blogs\/learning-center\" style=\"color:#8a5a2b;\"\u003eLearning Center\u003c\/a\u003e for guides, tips, and expert advice.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"IsoAcoustics","offers":[{"title":"4 Set \/ New","offer_id":47416303419565,"sku":"NEW-IAGAIAIII-4S","price":229.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0750\/3708\/1773\/files\/IAGAIAIII_1_01-Large__62542.1731599353.1280.1280_a1056b42-7a36-489a-b861-5776e4d7ebab.jpg?v=1793820256"}],"url":"https:\/\/www.audioadvisor.com\/collections\/speaker-isolation-feet.oembed?page=2","provider":"Audio Advisor","version":"1.0","type":"link"}